US20220372508A1 - Dirigent gene eg261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants - Google Patents
Dirigent gene eg261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220372508A1 US20220372508A1 US17/563,451 US202117563451A US2022372508A1 US 20220372508 A1 US20220372508 A1 US 20220372508A1 US 202117563451 A US202117563451 A US 202117563451A US 2022372508 A1 US2022372508 A1 US 2022372508A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- plant
- nucleic acid
- resistance
- polypeptide
- plants
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 title claims description 227
- 206010034133 Pathogen resistance Diseases 0.000 title description 4
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 claims abstract description 76
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 67
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 claims description 355
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 claims description 117
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 110
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 101
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 claims description 83
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 57
- 240000003768 Solanum lycopersicum Species 0.000 claims description 51
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 47
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 45
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 45
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 43
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 32
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 32
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 26
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 26
- 238000009395 breeding Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000001488 breeding effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000004161 plant tissue culture Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 235000007688 Lycopersicon esculentum Nutrition 0.000 claims description 10
- 241001530056 Athelia rolfsii Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000427940 Fusarium solani Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000813090 Rhizoctonia solani Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241001638069 Rigidoporus microporus Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010058731 nopaline synthase Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000008635 plant growth Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 abstract description 54
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 11
- 241000498254 Heterodera glycines Species 0.000 description 91
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 63
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 61
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 61
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 55
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 54
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 52
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 51
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 51
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 51
- 241000244206 Nematoda Species 0.000 description 45
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 41
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 37
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 35
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 34
- 108091030071 RNAI Proteins 0.000 description 34
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 29
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 27
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 26
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 23
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 23
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 23
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 23
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 21
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 238000012228 RNA interference-mediated gene silencing Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 17
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 15
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 241000589158 Agrobacterium Species 0.000 description 12
- 235000016383 Zea mays subsp huehuetenangensis Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 235000009973 maize Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 244000046052 Phaseolus vulgaris Species 0.000 description 11
- 241000607479 Yersinia pestis Species 0.000 description 11
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 241000178321 Glycine tomentella Species 0.000 description 10
- 235000010627 Phaseolus vulgaris Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 10
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 9
- -1 constructs Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 8
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 8
- 244000044167 Acacia concinna Species 0.000 description 7
- 240000003082 Glycine tabacina Species 0.000 description 7
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 238000012226 gene silencing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000003976 plant breeding Methods 0.000 description 7
- 240000007154 Coffea arabica Species 0.000 description 6
- 101710120781 Dirigent protein Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 6
- 244000299507 Gossypium hirsutum Species 0.000 description 6
- 125000000393 L-methionino group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)[C@@]([H])(N([H])[*])C([H])([H])C(SC([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 241000209510 Liliopsida Species 0.000 description 6
- 101710088278 Pterocarpan synthase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 6
- 208000031513 cyst Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 241000589155 Agrobacterium tumefaciens Species 0.000 description 5
- 235000002567 Capsicum annuum Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 240000004160 Capsicum annuum Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000209219 Hordeum Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000243785 Meloidogyne javanica Species 0.000 description 5
- 240000004713 Pisum sativum Species 0.000 description 5
- 235000010582 Pisum sativum Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 241000209140 Triticum Species 0.000 description 5
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000001511 capsicum annuum Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000013399 edible fruits Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004009 herbicide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002864 sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011426 transformation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010011732 Cyst Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000009432 Gossypium hirsutum Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 4
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 241000209504 Poaceae Species 0.000 description 4
- 235000002597 Solanum melongena Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 244000061458 Solanum melongena Species 0.000 description 4
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 4
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000011684 Sorghum saccharatum Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241000219793 Trifolium Species 0.000 description 4
- 244000042314 Vigna unguiculata Species 0.000 description 4
- 235000010722 Vigna unguiculata Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000007244 Zea mays Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009402 cross-breeding Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241001233957 eudicotyledons Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001524 infective effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108020005345 3' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000219310 Beta vulgaris subsp. vulgaris Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 208000035240 Disease Resistance Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 235000005335 Glycine tabacina Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000007340 Hordeum vulgare Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 208000032420 Latent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 240000004658 Medicago sativa Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000017587 Medicago sativa ssp. sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000010240 RT-PCR analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091027967 Small hairpin RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000208292 Solanaceae Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000016965 Solanum corneliomuelleri Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 241000583258 Solanum corneliomuelleri Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000014296 Solanum habrochaites Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 241000896499 Solanum habrochaites Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000002560 Solanum lycopersicum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000002558 Solanum peruvianum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 241000209072 Sorghum Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000021536 Sugar beet Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 108700009124 Transcription Initiation Site Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091023045 Untranslated Region Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000010154 cross-pollination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000002363 herbicidal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000366 juvenile effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091070501 miRNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000003071 parasitic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000010152 pollination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007894 restriction fragment length polymorphism technique Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108020003589 5' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000243771 Bursaphelenchus xylophilus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100036008 CD48 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241001478315 Candidatus Liberibacter asiaticus Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000002566 Capsicum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000002568 Capsicum frutescens Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000007460 Coffea arabica Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000195493 Cryptophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000702463 Geminiviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MPZWMIIOPAPAKE-BQBZGAKWSA-N Glu-Arg Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCNC(N)=N MPZWMIIOPAPAKE-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000015854 Heliotropium curassavicum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000301682 Heliotropium curassavicum Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000716130 Homo sapiens CD48 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010061217 Infestation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000000510 L-tryptophano group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2N([H])C([H])=C(C([H])([H])[C@@]([H])(C(O[H])=O)N([H])[*])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 241000218922 Magnoliophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700011259 MicroRNAs Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 235000002637 Nicotiana tabacum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000061176 Nicotiana tabacum Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000006002 Pepper Substances 0.000 description 2
- IAJOBQBIJHVGMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphinothricin Natural products CP(O)(=O)CCC(N)C(O)=O IAJOBQBIJHVGMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000016761 Piper aduncum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 240000003889 Piper guineense Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000017804 Piper guineense Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000008184 Piper nigrum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000961587 Secoviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000014292 Solanum chmielewskii Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000896544 Solanum chmielewskii Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000208122 Solanum peruvianum Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108090000848 Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000044159 Ubiquitin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000219977 Vigna Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000010726 Vigna sinensis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000201421 Xiphinema index Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- RZUBARUFLYGOGC-MTHOTQAESA-L acid fuchsin Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=C(N)C(C)=CC(C(=C\2C=C(C(=[NH2+])C=C/2)S([O-])(=O)=O)\C=2C=C(C(N)=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 RZUBARUFLYGOGC-MTHOTQAESA-L 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000009418 agronomic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010352 biotechnological method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005081 chemiluminescent agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000016213 coffee Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013353 coffee beverage Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012272 crop production Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001840 diploid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000037771 disease arising from reactivation of latent virus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000054766 genetic haplotypes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009399 inbreeding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000021374 legumes Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000633 nuclear envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037039 plant physiology Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004952 protein activity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008261 resistance mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005204 segregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000010153 self-pollination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241000114864 ssRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- UUTKICFRNVKFRG-WDSKDSINSA-N (4R)-3-[oxo-[(2S)-5-oxo-2-pyrrolidinyl]methyl]-4-thiazolidinecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CSCN1C(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1 UUTKICFRNVKFRG-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHWCHTKSEGGWEX-RRKCRQDMSA-N 2'-deoxyadenosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O1 KHWCHTKSEGGWEX-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NCMVOABPESMRCP-SHYZEUOFSA-N 2'-deoxycytosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NCMVOABPESMRCP-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTFMZDNNPPEQNG-KVQBGUIXSA-N 2'-deoxyguanosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O1 LTFMZDNNPPEQNG-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005065 3' Flanking Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005029 5' Flanking Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001143500 Aceraceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000209758 Aegilops Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589156 Agrobacterium rhizogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- CSAHOYQKNHGDHX-ACZMJKKPSA-N Ala-Gln-Asn Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O CSAHOYQKNHGDHX-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTZCUEHYUQZIDE-WHFBIAKZSA-N Ala-Ser-Gly Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RTZCUEHYUQZIDE-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000291564 Allium cepa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002732 Allium cepa var. cepa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001465677 Ancylostomatoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000985710 Antennarius striatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000294569 Aphelenchoides Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000256844 Apis mellifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000233788 Arecaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007319 Avena orientalis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000075850 Avena orientalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001098083 Avsunviroidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000014698 Brassica juncea var multisecta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000006008 Brassica napus var napus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000000385 Brassica napus var. napus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011299 Brassica oleracea var botrytis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000017647 Brassica oleracea var italica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000003259 Brassica oleracea var. botrytis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006618 Brassica rapa subsp oleifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004977 Brassica sinapistrum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001533462 Bromoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000219357 Cactaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000008534 Capsicum annuum var annuum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000008574 Capsicum frutescens Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701489 Cauliflower mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001115395 Caulimoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002101 Chitin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000005633 Chrysanthemum balsamita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000260524 Chrysanthemum balsamita Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010523 Cicer arietinum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000045195 Cicer arietinum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005976 Citrus sinensis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000002319 Citrus sinensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000973027 Closteroviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000013162 Cocos nucifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000060011 Cocos nucifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700010070 Codon Usage Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004394 Complementary RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000218631 Coniferophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000219104 Cucurbitaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- IMXSCCDUAFEIOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Octopin Natural products OC(=O)C(C)NC(C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N IMXSCCDUAFEIOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMKYZBGVKHTLTN-NKWVEPMBSA-N D-nopaline Chemical compound NC(=N)NCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)N[C@@H](C(O)=O)CCC(O)=O LMKYZBGVKHTLTN-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMXSCCDUAFEIOE-RITPCOANSA-N D-octopine Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H](C)[NH2+][C@H](C([O-])=O)CCCNC(N)=[NH2+] IMXSCCDUAFEIOE-RITPCOANSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010066133 D-octopine dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150074155 DHFR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000399934 Ditylenchus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000001950 Elaeis guineensis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000127993 Elaeis melanococca Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000148064 Enicostema verticillatum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000498255 Enterobius vermicularis Species 0.000 description 1
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000234643 Festuca arundinacea Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- OPINTGHFESTVAX-BQBZGAKWSA-N Gln-Arg Chemical compound NC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N OPINTGHFESTVAX-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001442498 Globodera Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000482313 Globodera ellingtonae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001442497 Globodera rostochiensis Species 0.000 description 1
- TUTIHHSZKFBMHM-WHFBIAKZSA-N Glu-Asn Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O TUTIHHSZKFBMHM-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005561 Glufosinate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000192962 Glycine latifolia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000192959 Glycine microphylla Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005562 Glyphosate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000723697 Grapevine fanleaf virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000020551 Helianthus annuus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000003222 Helianthus annuus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001480224 Heterodera Species 0.000 description 1
- MDCTVRUPVLZSPG-BQBZGAKWSA-N His-Asp Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CNC=N1 MDCTVRUPVLZSPG-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000490476 Hordeum sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000257303 Hymenoptera Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010020649 Hyperkeratosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CNPNWGHRMBQHBZ-ZKWXMUAHSA-N Ile-Gln Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC(N)=O CNPNWGHRMBQHBZ-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005350 Initiator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010044467 Isoenzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000758791 Juglandaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010025815 Kanamycin Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100288095 Klebsiella pneumoniae neo gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000234435 Lilium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000911669 Limnophora rotundata Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001220360 Longidorus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000253097 Luteoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- NPBGTPKLVJEOBE-IUCAKERBSA-N Lys-Arg Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCNC(N)=N NPBGTPKLVJEOBE-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPNRPAJITHRXRH-BQBZGAKWSA-N Lys-Asn Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(N)=O JPNRPAJITHRXRH-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKIRNDPUWONXQN-GUBZILKMSA-N Lys-Asn-Gln Chemical compound C(CCN)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)O)N YKIRNDPUWONXQN-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPRLICVDSGMIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Mannopine Natural products NC(=O)CCC(C(O)=O)NCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO VPRLICVDSGMIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001279692 Megachile rotundata Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001143352 Meloidogyne Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014435 Mentha Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001072983 Mentha Species 0.000 description 1
- IMTUWVJPCQPJEE-IUCAKERBSA-N Met-Lys Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCN IMTUWVJPCQPJEE-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001112067 Metaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091092878 Microsatellite Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000201433 Nacobbus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000291 Nematode infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000233855 Orchidaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000710936 Partitiviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150350 Peribunyaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010617 Phaseolus lunatus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OHUXOEXBXPZKPT-STQMWFEESA-N Phe-His Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OHUXOEXBXPZKPT-STQMWFEESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233614 Phytophthora Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000209049 Poa pratensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000020584 Polyploidy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001533393 Potyviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193943 Pratylenchus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001112091 Pseudoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000219492 Quercus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091034057 RNA (poly(A)) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000218201 Ranunculaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702247 Reoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711931 Rhabdoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001361634 Rhizoctonia Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004789 Rosa xanthina Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000109329 Rosa xanthina Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000332477 Scutellonema bradys Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001247145 Sebastes goodei Species 0.000 description 1
- SSJMZMUVNKEENT-IMJSIDKUSA-N Ser-Ala Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO SSJMZMUVNKEENT-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MOVJSUIKUNCVMG-ZLUOBGJFSA-N Ser-Cys-Ser Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)O)N)O MOVJSUIKUNCVMG-ZLUOBGJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HJEBZBMOTCQYDN-ACZMJKKPSA-N Ser-Glu-Asp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O HJEBZBMOTCQYDN-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDGARKCAKHBEDB-NKWVEPMBSA-N Ser-Gly-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)N)C(=O)O KDGARKCAKHBEDB-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJHJPZQOMKCSTP-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ser-His-Asn Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC=N1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O RJHJPZQOMKCSTP-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000207763 Solanum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002634 Solanum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005640 Solanum arcanum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000170948 Solanum arcanum Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000003829 Sorghum propinquum Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020005038 Terminator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000299461 Theobroma cacao Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005764 Theobroma cacao ssp. cacao Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005767 Theobroma cacao ssp. sphaerocarpum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VPZKQTYZIVOJDV-LMVFSUKVSA-N Thr-Ala Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O VPZKQTYZIVOJDV-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBXMGKCLOPDEKA-NUMRIWBASA-N Thr-Asp-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O YBXMGKCLOPDEKA-NUMRIWBASA-N 0.000 description 1
- CUTPSEKWUPZFLV-WISUUJSJSA-N Thr-Cys Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O CUTPSEKWUPZFLV-WISUUJSJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKRQRPFODDJQTC-CSMHCCOUSA-N Thr-Lys Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCN YKRQRPFODDJQTC-CSMHCCOUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMYCLHFLHRVOEA-HEIBUPTGSA-N Thr-Thr-Ser Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O ZMYCLHFLHRVOEA-HEIBUPTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010022394 Threonine synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001533336 Tombusviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001220308 Trichodorus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000209146 Triticum sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- KBUBZAMBIVEFEI-ZFWWWQNUSA-N Trp-His Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)N)C(O)=O)C1=CNC=N1 KBUBZAMBIVEFEI-ZFWWWQNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWSUXOKZKQRADK-FDARSICLSA-N Trp-Val-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC1=CNC2=CC=CC=C21)N SWSUXOKZKQRADK-FDARSICLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QJKMCQRFHJRIPU-XDTLVQLUSA-N Tyr-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QJKMCQRFHJRIPU-XDTLVQLUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVPPEXXUDXAPOM-MGHWNKPDSA-N Tyr-Ile-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HVPPEXXUDXAPOM-MGHWNKPDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CGWAPUBOXJWXMS-HOTGVXAUSA-N Tyr-Phe Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CGWAPUBOXJWXMS-HOTGVXAUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUMQYLVYUIRHHU-YJRXYDGGSA-N Tyr-Ser-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O LUMQYLVYUIRHHU-YJRXYDGGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZADUTOCSFDBRV-RNXOBYDBSA-N Tyr-Tyr-Trp Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FZADUTOCSFDBRV-RNXOBYDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAPWZOJOLKZEFR-AVGNSLFASA-N Val-Arg-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)N PAPWZOJOLKZEFR-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXDVDTMEVBYRPK-XPUUQOCRSA-N Val-Gln Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC(N)=O XXDVDTMEVBYRPK-XPUUQOCRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVJUTBOZZBTBIG-AVGNSLFASA-N Val-Lys-Arg Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)O)N GVJUTBOZZBTBIG-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEBRMWPTJNHXAJ-JYJNAYRXSA-N Val-Phe-Met Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)O)N ZEBRMWPTJNHXAJ-JYJNAYRXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VBTFUDNTMCHPII-FKBYEOEOSA-N Val-Trp-Tyr Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1ccc(O)cc1)C(O)=O VBTFUDNTMCHPII-FKBYEOEOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VBTFUDNTMCHPII-UHFFFAOYSA-N Val-Trp-Tyr Natural products C=1NC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC(NC(=O)C(N)C(C)C)C(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBTFUDNTMCHPII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000219873 Vicia Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000012544 Viola sororia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001106476 Violaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000726445 Viroids Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000219094 Vitaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000201423 Xiphinema Species 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036579 abiotic stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- JUGOREOARAHOCO-UHFFFAOYSA-M acetylcholine chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C JUGOREOARAHOCO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010086434 alanyl-seryl-glycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OJMOMXZKOWKUTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum;borate Chemical compound [Al+3].[O-]B([O-])[O-] OJMOMXZKOWKUTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXWJVTOOROXGIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N atrazine Chemical compound CCNC1=NC(Cl)=NC(NC(C)C)=N1 MXWJVTOOROXGIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150103518 bar gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000021028 berry Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008238 biochemical pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003766 bioinformatics method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010170 biological method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 235000001046 cacaotero Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000021523 carboxylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006473 carboxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013339 cereals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000019113 chromatin silencing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000038559 crop plants Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- IERHLVCPSMICTF-XVFCMESISA-N cytidine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O1 IERHLVCPSMICTF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GYOZYWVXFNDGLU-XLPZGREQSA-N dTMP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 GYOZYWVXFNDGLU-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007123 defense Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000009795 derivation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004419 dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000005489 dwarf bean Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000013123 dwarf bean Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010014881 enterobiasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009144 enzymatic modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002360 explosive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003031 feeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035558 fertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003197 gene knockdown Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000034356 gene-regulatory proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006104 gene-regulatory proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960002518 gentamicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IAJOBQBIJHVGMQ-BYPYZUCNSA-N glufosinate-P Chemical compound CP(O)(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O IAJOBQBIJHVGMQ-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDDAORKBJWWYJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyphosate Chemical compound OC(=O)CNCP(O)(O)=O XDDAORKBJWWYJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940097068 glyphosate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000021021 grapes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RQFCJASXJCIDSX-UUOKFMHZSA-N guanosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O RQFCJASXJCIDSX-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003783 haploid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012165 high-throughput sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010092114 histidylphenylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003898 horticulture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000006278 hypochromic anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000554 iris Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- VPRLICVDSGMIKO-SZWOQXJISA-N mannopine Chemical compound NC(=O)CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO VPRLICVDSGMIKO-SZWOQXJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008774 maternal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004779 membrane envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000014569 mints Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003147 molecular marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001915 nurse cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940124276 oligodeoxyribonucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009400 out breeding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002888 pairwise sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000745 plant chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003449 plasmodesmata Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000032361 posttranscriptional gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004994 reproductive system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000034655 secondary growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014639 sexual reproduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000020354 squash Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012090 tissue culture technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000005026 transcription initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012033 transcriptional gene silencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012085 transcriptional profiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010029384 tryptophyl-histidine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011882 ultra-fine particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- DJJCXFVJDGTHFX-XVFCMESISA-N uridine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DJJCXFVJDGTHFX-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009417 vegetative reproduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000020234 walnut Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/63—Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
- C12N15/79—Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts
- C12N15/82—Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts for plant cells, e.g. plant artificial chromosomes (PACs)
- C12N15/8241—Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology
- C12N15/8261—Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield
- C12N15/8271—Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield for stress resistance, e.g. heavy metal resistance
- C12N15/8279—Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield for stress resistance, e.g. heavy metal resistance for biotic stress resistance, pathogen resistance, disease resistance
- C12N15/8285—Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield for stress resistance, e.g. heavy metal resistance for biotic stress resistance, pathogen resistance, disease resistance for nematode resistance
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/415—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from plants
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/63—Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
- C12N15/79—Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts
- C12N15/82—Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts for plant cells, e.g. plant artificial chromosomes (PACs)
- C12N15/8216—Methods for controlling, regulating or enhancing expression of transgenes in plant cells
- C12N15/8218—Antisense, co-suppression, viral induced gene silencing [VIGS], post-transcriptional induced gene silencing [PTGS]
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A40/00—Adaptation technologies in agriculture, forestry, livestock or agroalimentary production
- Y02A40/10—Adaptation technologies in agriculture, forestry, livestock or agroalimentary production in agriculture
- Y02A40/146—Genetically Modified [GMO] plants, e.g. transgenic plants
Definitions
- the invention relates to the identification and use of nucleic acid sequences for pathogen resistance in plants.
- Dirigent refers to genes or proteins which are members of a gene or protein family, respectively, members of which have been identified in many plants. Dirigents have been implicated in resistance to various types of pathogens in a range of different, and sometimes distantly related, plants.
- dirigents are important to plant husbandry and crop production, particularly for commercial crop production in agronomy and horticulture.
- the present invention provides the identification and use of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof for altering, e.g. conferring or increasing, pathogen tolerance and/or resistance in plants.
- pathogen altered, e.g., increased, tolerance and/or resistance can be obtained using conventional plant breeding methods, whereby such methods optionally also include using any of various biotechnological methods for verifying that the desired EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof are present in the resulting crosses and offspring.
- the present invention provides isolated nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- the present invention also provides chimeric genes, constructs, recombinant DNA, vectors, plant cells, plant tissues, plant parts, plant tissue cultures and/or whole plants comprising such nucleic acid sequences.
- the present invention provides polynucleotides for altering and/or increasing pathogen tolerance and/or resistance comprising a nucleic acid sequence that shares at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.1%, at least 99.2%, at least 99.3%, at least 99.4%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.6%, at least 99.7%, at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9% identity to nucleic acids coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- the present invention further provides isolated amino acid sequences (e.g., a peptide, polypeptide and the like) comprising an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- isolated amino acid sequences e.g., a peptide, polypeptide and the like
- the present invention provides isolated amino acid sequences which form a protein that shares an amino acid sequence having at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.1%, at least 99.2%, at least 99.3%, at least 99.4%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.6%, at least 99.7%, at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9% identity to an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- the present invention provides isolated amino acid sequences which form a protein that shares an amino acid having at least 85%, at least 86%, at lest 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.1%, at least 99.2%, at least 99.3%, at least 99.4%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.6%, at least 99.7%, at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9% identity to an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- the present invention also provides a chimeric gene comprising the isolated nucleic acid sequence of any one of the polynucleotides described above operably linked to suitable regulatory sequences.
- the present invention also provides a recombinant construct comprising the chimeric genes as described above.
- the present invention further comprises interfering RNA (RNAi) based on the expression of the nucleic acid sequences of the present invention, wherein such RNAi includes but is not limited to microRNA (miRNA) and small interfering RNA (siRNA) which can be used in gene silencing constructs.
- RNAi interfering RNA
- miRNA microRNA
- siRNA small interfering RNA
- the present invention also provides transformed host cells comprising the chimeric genes as described above.
- said host cells are selected from the group consisting of bacteria, yeasts, filamentous fungi, algae, animals, and plants.
- the present invention in another aspect provides plants comprising in its genome one or more genes as described herein, one or more genes with mutations as described herein, or the chimeric genes as described herein.
- the plant is derived from a soybean variety sensitive to soybean cyst nematode (SCN), and wherein the gene comprises nucleic acid sequence encoding an EG261 ortholog derived from G. pescadrensis.
- the present invention in another aspect provides plant seed obtained from the plants described herein, wherein the plants producing such seeds comprise in their genomes one or more genes as described herein, one or more genes with mutations as described herein, or the chimeric genes as described herein.
- the methods comprise introducing mutations in one or more nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- the present invention provides methods of breeding plants to alter, e.g. confer or increase, pathogen tolerance and/or resistance.
- such methods comprise making a cross between a first plant comprising one or more nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations with a second plant of the same or different species to produce an F1 plant; backcrossing the F1 plant to the second plant; and repeating the backcrossing step to generate a near isogenic line, wherein the one or more nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof are integrated into the genome of the second plant; wherein the near isogenic line derived from the second plant has altered, e.g.
- the first plant comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding an EG261 ortholog derived from G. pescadrensis .
- the second plant is a soybean variety sensitive to soybean cyst nematode (SCN).
- the present invention provides isolated polynucleotides comprising a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identical nucleotides to a nucleic acid sequence coding for EG261; (b) a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identical nucleotides to a nucleic acid sequence coding for a homolog of EG261; (c) a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identical nucleotides to a nucleic acid sequence coding for an ortholog of EG261; (d) a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identical nucleotides to a nucleic acid sequence coding for a paralog of EG261; (e) complements of a nucleic acid sequence of (a), (b), (c) or (d); (0 reverse complements of a nucleic acid sequence of (a), (b), (c) or (d); (g) reverse sequences of a nu
- the present invention provides vectors comprising one or more of the polynucleotides described herein.
- the present invention also provides genetic constructs comprising one or more of the isolated polynucleotides described herein.
- the present invention also provides genetic constructs comprising, in the 5′-3′ direction: (a) a promoter sequence, (b) one or more of the isolated polynucleotides described herein; and (c) a gene termination sequence.
- the genetic constructs comprise an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide capable of altering pathogen tolerance and/or resistance.
- the pathogen tolerance and/or resistance is conferred or enhanced.
- the pathogen is soybean cyst nematode.
- the present invention further provides transgenic cells comprising the genetic constructs described herein.
- the present invention also provides organisms comprising the transgenic cells described herein.
- the organism is a plant. In some specific embodiments of the present invention the plant is a soybean plant.
- the present invention provides plants and progeny plants thereof having altered pathogen tolerance and/or resistance as a result of inheriting the polynucleotides described herein.
- the present invention provides methods of producing hybrid seed which include crossing the plants and progeny plants described herein with a different plant of the same species, and harvesting the resultant seed.
- the present invention also provides methods for modifying gene expression in a target organism comprising stably incorporating into the genome of the organism a genetic construct described herein.
- the organism is a plant.
- the plant is a soybean plant.
- the present invention provides methods for producing a plant having altered pathogen tolerance and/or resistance comprising: (a) transforming a plant cell with a genetic construct to provide a transgenic cell, wherein the genetic construct comprises: (i) a promoter sequence; (ii) an isolated polynucleotide sequence of the present invention as described herein; and (iii) a gene termination sequence; and (b) cultivating the transgenic cell under conditions conducive to regeneration and mature plant growth of a plant having altered pathogen tolerance and/or resistance.
- the plant cell is a soybean plant cell.
- the present invention also provides methods for modifying a phenotype of a target organism, comprising stably incorporating into the genome of the target organism a genetic construct comprising: (a) a promoter sequence; (b) an isolated polynucleotide sequence of the present invention as described herein; and (c) a gene termination sequence.
- the target organism is a plant.
- the plant is a soybean plant.
- the present invention provides processes of determining the presence or absence of a polynucleotide coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof in a plant, wherein the process comprises at least one of: (a) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and amplifying sequences homologous to the polynucleotide; (b) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and performing a Southern hybridization to detect the polynucleotide; (c) isolating proteins from said plant and performing a Western Blot using antibodies to a protein encoded by the polynucleotide; and/or (d) demonstrating the presence of mRNA sequences derived from a polynucleotide mRNA transcript and unique to the polynucleotide.
- the present invention provides methods of breeding plants to produce altered pathogen tolerance and/or resistance comprising: i) making a cross between a first plant with an isolated polynucleotide sequence of claim 1 with a second plant to produce a F1 plant; ii) backcrossing the F1 plant to the second plant; and iii) repeating the backcrossing step to generate a near isogenic or isogenic line, wherein the isolated polynucleotide sequence of claim 1 is integrated into the genome of the second plant and the near isogenic or isogenic line derived from the second plant with the isolated polynucleotide sequence has conferred or enhanced pathogen tolerance and/or resistance compared to that of the second plant without the isolated polynucleotide sequence.
- the plant is soybean.
- the pathogen is soybean cyst nematode.
- the first plant comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding an EG261 ortholog derived from G. pescadrensis .
- the second plant is a soybean variety sensitive to soybean cyst nematode (SCN).
- the present invention provides methods of producing a plant with conferred or enhanced pathogen tolerance and/or resistance, the process comprising: (a) crossing a first plant containing a polynucleotide coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof to a second plant, and harvesting the resultant seed; (b) determining the presence of the polynucleotide in the resultant seed or in cells or tissues of a plant grown from the resultant seed; wherein the determining comprises at least one of: (i) isolating nucleic acid molecules from the resultant seed or in cells or tissues of a plant grown from the resultant seed and amplifying sequences homologous to the polynucleotide; (ii) isolating nucleic acid molecules from the resultant seed or in cells or tissues of a plant grown from the resultant seed and performing a Southern hybridization to detect the polynucleotide; (iii) is
- the method further comprises confirming that the resultant seed or the cells or tissues of the plant grown from the resultant seed contain the polynucleotide.
- the methods further comprise using the resultant plant containing the polynucleotide in a plant breeding scheme.
- the methods further comprise crossing the resultant plant containing the polynucleotide with another plant of the same species.
- the first plant comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding an EG261 ortholog derived from G. pescadrensis .
- the second plant is a soybean variety sensitive to soybean cyst nematode (SCN).
- the EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof of the present invention provide broad pathogen resistance in many, distantly related plant species.
- orthologs of EG261 may be effective in a number of commercially important crop species, including, e.g., soybeans and cotton.
- FIG. 1 depicts results showing that silencing of EG261 reduces the SCN resistance of “Fayette”, a SCN-resistant variety of soybean.
- FIG. 2 depicts sequence alignments of dirigent proteins encoded by the dirigent genes of SEQ ID NOs 9 to 15.
- FIG. 3 depicts sequence alignments of dirigent proteins encoded by the dirigent genes of Solanaceae family plant species.
- FIG. 4 depicts sequence alignments of dirigent proteins encoded by the dirigent genes of monocot plant species.
- a or “an” refers to one or more of that entity; for example, “a gene” refers to one or more genes or at least one gene. As such, the terms “a” (or “an”), “one or more” and “at least one” are used interchangeably herein.
- reference to “an element” by the indefinite article “a” or “an” does not exclude the possibility that more than one of the elements is present, unless the context clearly requires that there is one and only one of the elements.
- the term “plant” refers to any living organism belonging to the kingdom Plantae (i.e., any genus/species in the Plant Kingdom), including but not limited to, Glycine spp. (e.g., soybean), Solanaceae species (e.g., Solanum lycopersicum, Solanum chmielewskii, Solanum habrochaites, Solanum corneliomulleri, Capsicum annuum, Solanum melongena, Solanum tuberosum ), Phaseolus vulgaris, Vigna unguiculata, Coffee arabica, Zea mays , Sorghum spp., Oryza sativa, Triticum spp. Hordeum spp., Gossypium hirsutum , and Heliotropium curassavicum.
- Glycine spp. e.g., soybean
- Solanaceae species e.g., Solanum lycopersi
- plant part refers to any part of a plant including but not limited to the shoot, root, stem, seeds, fruits, stipules, leaves, petals, flowers, ovules, bracts, branches, petioles, internodes, bark, pubescence, tillers, rhizomes, fronds, blades, pollen, stamen, rootstock, scion and the like.
- the two main parts of plants grown in some sort of media, such as soil, are often referred to as the “above-ground” part, also often referred to as the “shoots”, and the “below-ground” part, also often referred to as the “roots”.
- ovule refers to the female gametophyte
- polypeptide means the male gametophyte
- plant tissue refers to any part of a plant.
- plant organs include, but are not limited to the leaf, stem, root, tuber, seed, branch, pubescence, nodule, leaf axil, flower, pollen, stamen, pistil, petal, peduncle, stalk, stigma, style, bract, fruit, trunk, carpel, sepal, anther, ovule, pedicel, needle, cone, rhizome, stolon, shoot, pericarp, endosperm, placenta, berry, stamen, and leaf sheath.
- phenotype refers to the observable characters of an individual cell, cell culture, organism (e.g., a plant), or group of organisms which results from the interaction between that individual's genetic makeup (i.e., genotype) and the environment.
- nucleic acid refers to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides, or analogs thereof. This term refers to the primary structure of the molecule, and thus includes double- and single-stranded DNA, as well as double- and single-stranded RNA. It also includes modified nucleic acids such as methylated and/or capped nucleic acids, nucleic acids containing modified bases, backbone modifications, and the like. The terms “nucleic acid” and “nucleotide sequence” are used interchangeably.
- nucleotide change or “nucleotide modification” refers to, e.g., nucleotide substitution, deletion, and/or insertion, as is well understood in the art.
- nucleotide changes/modifications include mutations containing alterations that produce silent substitutions, additions, or deletions, but do not alter the properties or activities of the encoded protein or how the proteins are made.
- nucleotide changes/modifications include mutations containing alterations that produce replacement substitutions, additions, or deletions, that alter the properties or activities of the encoded protein or how the proteins are made.
- polypeptide As used herein, the terms “polypeptide,” “peptide,” and “protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to polymers of amino acids of any length. These terms also include proteins that are post-translationally modified through reactions that include glycosylation, acetylation and phosphorylation.
- protein modification refers to, e.g., amino acid substitution, amino acid modification, deletion, and/or insertion, as is well understood in the art.
- nucleic acid or an amino acid derived from an origin or source may have all kinds of nucleotide changes or protein modification as defined elsewhere herein.
- pathogen refers to an agent that causes disease, especially a living microorganism such as an insect, a bacterium, virus, nematode or fungus.
- nematode refers to any of several worms of the phylum Nematoda, having unsegmented, cylindrical bodies, often narrowing at each end, and including parasitic forms such as the hookworm and pinworm. They are referred to as “roundworms” in some contexts. Nematode species are very difficult to distinguish, with over 28,000 having been described. Plant-parasitic nematodes include several groups causing severe crop losses.
- the most common genera are Aphelenchoides (foliar nematodes), Ditylenchus, Globodera (potato cyst nematodes), Heterodera (soybean cyst nematodes), Longidorus, Meloidogyne (root-knot nematodes), Nacobbus, Pratylenchus (lesion nematodes), Trichodorus and Xiphinema (dagger nematodes).
- Several phytoparasitic nematode species cause histological damages to roots, including the formation of visible galls (e.g. by root-knot nematodes), which are useful characters for their diagnostic in the field.
- the phrase “soybean cyst nematode” and the term “SCN” each refer to Heterodera glycines , a plant-parasitic nematode and a devastating pest of the soybean including Glycine max , worldwide.
- the nematode infects the roots of soybean, and the female nematode eventually becomes a cyst. Infection causes various symptoms that may include chlorosis of the leaves and stems, root necrosis, loss in seed yield and suppression of root and shoot growth.
- SCN has threatened the U.S. crop since the 1950s, reducing returns to soybean producers by $500 million each year and reducing yields by as much as 75 percent. It is also a significant problem in the soybean growing areas of the world, including South America and Asia.
- resistant describes a plant, line or cultivar that shows fewer or reduced symptoms to a biotic pest or pathogen than a susceptible (or more susceptible) plant, line or variety to that biotic pest or pathogen. These terms are variously applied to describe plants that show no symptoms as well as plants showing some symptoms but that are still able to produce marketable product with an acceptable yield. Some lines that are referred to as resistant are only so in the sense that they may still produce a crop, even though the plants may appear visually stunted and the yield is reduced compared to uninfected plants.
- ISF International Seed Federation
- a non-governmental, non-profit organization representing the seed industry (see “Definition of the Terms Describing the Reaction of Plants to Pests or Pathogens and to Abiotic Stresses for the Vegetable Seed Industry”, May 2005)
- Resistance is defined by the ISF as the ability of plant types to restrict the growth and development of a specified pest or pathogen and/or the damage they cause when compared to susceptible plant varieties under similar environmental conditions and pest or pathogen pressure. Resistant plant types may still exhibit some disease symptoms or damage. Two levels of resistance are defined.
- high/standard resistance is used for plant varieties that highly restrict the growth and development of the specified pest or pathogen under normal pest or pathogen pressure when compared to susceptible varieties.
- “Moderate/intermediate resistance” is applied to plant types that restrict the growth and development of the specified pest or pathogen, but exhibit a greater range of symptoms or damage compared to plant types with high resistance. Plant types with intermediate resistance will show less severe symptoms than susceptible plant varieties, when grown under similar field conditions and pathogen pressure.
- Methods of evaluating resistance are well known to one skilled in the art. Such evaluation may be performed by visual observation of a plant or a plant part (e.g., leaves, roots, flowers, fruits et. al) in determining the severity of symptoms.
- a line is rated as being resistant when at least 75% of the plants have a resistance score at a 1, 2, or 3 level, while susceptible lines are those having more than 25% of the plants scoring at a 4 or 5 level. If a more detailed visual evaluation is possible, then one can use a scale from 1 to 10 so as to broaden out the range of scores and thereby hopefully provide a greater scoring spread among the plants being evaluated.
- Another scoring system is a root inoculation test based on the development of the necrosis after inoculation and its position towards the cotyledon (such as one derived from Bosland et al., 1991), wherein 0 stands for no symptom after infection; 1 stands for a small necrosis at the hypocotyl after infection; 2 stands a necrosis under the cotyledons after infection; 3 stands for necrosis above the cotyledons after infection; 4 stands for a necrosis above the cotyledons together with a wilt of the plant after infection, while eventually, 5 stands for a dead plant.
- disease evaluations can be performed by determining the pathogen bio-density in a plant or plant part using electron microscopy and/or through molecular biological methods, such as protein hybridization (e.g., ELISA, measuring pathogen protein density) and/or nucleic acid hybridization (e.g., RT-PCR, measuring pathogen RNA density).
- protein hybridization e.g., ELISA, measuring pathogen protein density
- nucleic acid hybridization e.g., RT-PCR, measuring pathogen RNA density
- a plant may be determined resistant to the pathogen, for example, if it has a pathogen RNA/DNA and/or protein density that is about 50%, or about 40%, or about 30%, or about 20%, or about 10%, or about 5%, or about 2%, or about 1%, or about 0.1%, or about 0.01%, or about 0.001%, or about 0.0001% of the RNA/DNA and/or protein density in a susceptible plant.
- Methods used in breeding plants for disease resistance are similar to those used in breeding for other characters. It is necessary to know as much as possible about the nature of inheritance of the resistant characters in the host plant and the existence of physiological races or strains of the pathogen.
- full resistance is referred to as complete failure of the pathogen to develop after infection, and may either be the result of failure of the pathogen to enter the cell (no initial infection) or may be the result of failure of the pathogen to multiply in the cell and infect subsequent cells (no subliminal infection, no spread).
- the presence of full resistance may be determined by establishing the absence of pathogen protein or pathogen RNA in cells of the plant, as well as the absence of any disease symptoms in said plant, upon exposure of said plant to an infective dosage of pathogen (i.e. after ‘infection’).
- this phenotype is often referred to as “immune”.
- Immunity as used herein thus refers to a form of resistance characterized by absence of pathogen replication even when the pathogen is actively transferred into cells by e.g. electroporation.
- partial resistance is referred to as reduced multiplication of the pathogen in the cell, as reduced (systemic) movement of the pathogen, and/or as reduced symptom development after infection.
- the presence of partial resistance may be determined by establishing the systemic presence of low concentration of pathogen protein or pathogen RNA in the plant and the presence of decreased or delayed disease-symptoms in said plant upon exposure of said plant to an infective dosage of pathogen. Protein concentration may be determined by using a quantitative detection method (e.g. an ELISA method or a quantitative reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR)). Among breeders, this phenotype is often referred to as “intermediate resistant.”
- tolerant is used herein to indicate a phenotype of a plant wherein disease-symptoms remain absent upon exposure of said plant to an infective dosage of pathogen, whereby the presence of a systemic or local pathogen infection, pathogen multiplication, at least the presence of pathogen genomic sequences in cells of said plant and/or genomic integration thereof can be established.
- Tolerant plants are therefore resistant for symptom expression but symptomless carriers of the pathogen.
- pathogen sequences may be present or even multiply in plants without causing disease symptoms. This phenomenon is also known as “latent infection”.
- the pathogen may exist in a truly latent non-infectious occult form, possibly as an integrated genome or an episomal agent (so that pathogen protein cannot be found in the cytoplasm, while PCR protocols may indicate the present of pathogen nucleic acid sequences) or as an infectious and continuously replicating agent.
- a reactivated pathogen may spread and initiate an epidemic among susceptible contacts.
- the presence of a “latent infection” is indistinguishable from the presence of a “tolerant” phenotype in a plant.
- the term “susceptible” is used herein to refer to a plant having no or virtually no resistance to the pathogen resulting in entry of the pathogen into the plant and multiplication and systemic spread of the pathogen, resulting in disease symptoms.
- the term “susceptible” is therefore equivalent to “non-resistant”.
- an offspring plant refers to any plant resulting as progeny from a vegetative or sexual reproduction from one or more parent plants or descendants thereof.
- an offspring plant may be obtained by cloning or selfing of a parent plant or by crossing two parents plants and include selfings as well as the F1 or F2 or still further generations.
- An F1 is a first-generation offspring produced from parents at least one of which is used for the first time as donor of a trait, while offspring of second generation (F2) or subsequent generations (F3, F4, etc.) are specimens produced from selfings of F1's, F2's etc.
- An F1 may thus be (and usually is) a hybrid resulting from a cross between two true breeding parents (true-breeding is homozygous for a trait), while an F2 may be (and usually is) an offspring resulting from self-pollination of said F1 hybrids.
- cross refers to the process by which the pollen of one flower on one plant is applied (artificially or naturally) to the ovule (stigma) of a flower on another plant.
- cultivar refers to a variety, strain or race of plant that has been produced by horticultural or agronomic techniques and is not normally found in wild populations.
- the terms “dicotyledon,” “dicot” and “dicotyledonous” refer to a flowering plant having an embryo containing two seed halves or cotyledons. Examples include tobacco; tomato; the legumes, including peas, alfalfa, clover and soybeans; oaks; maples; roses; mints; squashes; daisies; walnuts; cacti; violets and buttercups.
- the term “monocotyledon,” “monocot” or “monocotyledonous” refer to any of a subclass (Monocotyledoneae) of flowering plants having an embryo containing only one seed leaf and usually having parallel-veined leaves, flower parts in multiples of three, and no secondary growth in stems and roots. Examples include lilies; orchids; rice; corn, grasses, such as tall fescue, goat grass, and Kentucky bluegrass; grains, such as wheat, oats and barley; irises; onions and palms.
- genes refers to any segment of DNA associated with a biological function.
- genes include, but are not limited to, coding sequences and/or the regulatory sequences required for their expression.
- Genes can also include nonexpressed DNA segments that, for example, form recognition sequences for other proteins.
- Genes can be obtained from a variety of sources, including cloning from a source of interest or synthesizing from known or predicted sequence information, and may include sequences designed to have desired parameters.
- the term “genotype” refers to the genetic makeup of an individual cell, cell culture, tissue, organism (e.g., a plant), or group of organisms.
- allele(s) means any of one or more alternative forms of a gene, all of which alleles relate to at least one trait or characteristic. In a diploid cell, the two alleles of a given gene occupy corresponding loci on a pair of homologous chromosomes. Since the present invention relates to QTLs, i.e. genomic regions that may comprise one or more genes or regulatory sequences, it is in some instances more accurate to refer to “haplotype” (i.e. an allele of a chromosomal segment) instead of “allele”, however, in those instances, the term “allele” should be understood to comprise the term “haplotype”. Alleles are considered identical when they express a similar phenotype. Differences in sequence are possible but not important as long as they do not influence phenotype.
- locus refers to any site that has been defined genetically.
- a locus may be a gene, or part of a gene, or a DNA sequence that has some regulatory role, and may be occupied by different sequences.
- the term “molecular marker” or “genetic marker” refers to an indicator that is used in methods for visualizing differences in characteristics of nucleic acid sequences.
- indicators are restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) markers, amplified fragment length polymorphism (AFLP) markers, single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), insertion mutations, microsatellite markers (SSRs), sequence-characterized amplified regions (SCARs), cleaved amplified polymorphic sequence (CAPS) markers or isozyme markers or combinations of the markers described herein which defines a specific genetic and chromosomal location.
- RFLP restriction fragment length polymorphism
- AFLP amplified fragment length polymorphism
- SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
- SSRs single nucleotide polymorphisms
- SCARs sequence-characterized amplified regions
- CAS cleaved amplified polymorphic sequence
- Mapping of molecular markers in the vicinity of an allele is a procedure which can be performed quite easily by the average person skilled in molecular-biological techniques which techniques are for instance described in Lefebvre and Chevre, 1995; Lorez and Wenzel, 2007, Srivastava and Narula, 2004, Meksem and Kahl, 2005, Phillips and Vasil, 2001.
- General information concerning AFLP technology can be found in Vos et al. (1995, AFLP: a new technique for DNA fingerprinting, Nucleic Acids Res. 1995 Nov. 11; 23(21): 4407-4414).
- the term “hemizygous” refers to a cell, tissue or organism in which a gene is present only once in a genotype, as a gene in a haploid cell or organism, a sex-linked gene in the heterogametic sex, or a gene in a segment of chromosome in a diploid cell or organism where its partner segment has been deleted.
- heterozygote refers to a diploid or polyploid individual cell or plant having different alleles (forms of a given gene) present at least at one locus.
- heterozygous refers to the presence of different alleles (forms of a given gene) at a particular gene locus.
- homozygote refers to an individual cell or plant having the same alleles at one or more loci.
- homozygous refers to the presence of identical alleles at one or more loci in homologous chromosomal segments.
- homologous or “homolog” is known in the art and refers to related sequences that share a common ancestor or family member and are determined based on the degree of sequence identity.
- the terms “homology”, “homologous”, “substantially similar” and “corresponding substantially” are used interchangeably herein. Homologs usually control, mediate, or influence the same or similar biochemical pathways, yet particular homologs may give rise to differing phenotypes. It is therefore understood, as those skilled in the art will appreciate, that the invention encompasses more than the specific exemplary sequences. These terms describe the relationship between a gene found in one species, subspecies, variety, cultivar or strain and the corresponding or equivalent gene in another species, subspecies, variety, cultivar or strain. For purposes of this invention homologous sequences are compared.
- homolog is sometimes used to apply to the relationship between genes separated by the event of speciation (see “ortholog”) or to the relationship between genes separated by the event of genetic duplication (see “paralog”).
- ortholog refers to genes in different species that evolved from a common ancestral gene by speciation. Normally, orthologs retain the same function in the course of evolution. Identification of orthologs is critical for reliable prediction of gene function in newly sequenced genomes.
- paralog refers to genes related by duplication within a genome. While orthologs generally retain the same function in the course of evolution, paralogs can evolve new functions, even if these are related to the original one.
- “Homologous sequences” or “homologs” or “orthologs” are thought, believed, or known to be functionally related.
- a functional relationship may be indicated in any one of a number of ways, including, but not limited to: (a) degree of sequence identity and/or (b) the same or similar biological function. Preferably, both (a) and (b) are indicated.
- the degree of sequence identity may vary, but in one embodiment, is at least 50% (when using standard sequence alignment programs known in the art), at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%, at least about 93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least 98.5%, or at least about 99%, or at least 99.5%, or at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9%.
- Homology can be determined using software programs readily available in the art, such as those discussed in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F. M.
- hybrid refers to any individual cell, tissue or plant resulting from a cross between parents that differ in one or more genes.
- inbred or “inbred line” refers to a relatively true-breeding strain.
- single allele converted plant refers to those plants which are developed by a plant breeding technique called backcrossing wherein essentially all of the desired morphological and physiological characteristics of an inbred are recovered in addition to the single allele transferred into the inbred via the backcrossing technique.
- the term “line” is used broadly to include, but is not limited to, a group of plants vegetatively propagated from a single parent plant, via tissue culture techniques or a group of inbred plants which are genetically very similar due to descent from a common parent(s).
- a plant is said to “belong” to a particular line if it (a) is a primary transformant (TO) plant regenerated from material of that line; (b) has a pedigree comprised of a TO plant of that line; or (c) is genetically very similar due to common ancestry (e.g., via inbreeding or selfing).
- the term “pedigree” denotes the lineage of a plant, e.g. in terms of the sexual crosses affected such that a gene or a combination of genes, in heterozygous (hemizygous) or homozygous condition, imparts a desired trait to the plant.
- introgression refers to the process whereby genes of one species, variety or cultivar are moved into the genome of another species, variety or cultivar, by crossing those species.
- the crossing may be natural or artificial.
- the process may optionally be completed by backcrossing to the recurrent parent, in which case introgression refers to infiltration of the genes of one species into the gene pool of another through repeated backcrossing of an interspecific hybrid with one of its parents.
- An introgression may also be described as a heterologous genetic material stably integrated in the genome of a recipient plant.
- population means a genetically homogeneous or heterogeneous collection of plants sharing a common genetic derivation.
- variable means a group of similar plants that by structural features and performance can be identified from other varieties within the same species.
- the term “variety” as used herein has identical meaning to the corresponding definition in the International Convention for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants (UPOV treaty), of Dec. 2, 1961, as Revised at Geneva on Nov. 10, 1972, on Oct. 23, 1978, and on Mar. 19, 1991.
- “variety” means a plant grouping within a single botanical taxon of the lowest known rank, which grouping, irrespective of whether the conditions for the grant of a breeder's right are fully met, can be i) defined by the expression of the characteristics resulting from a given genotype or combination of genotypes, ii) distinguished from any other plant grouping by the expression of at least one of the said characteristics and iii) considered as a unit with regard to its suitability for being propagated unchanged.
- mass selection refers to a form of selection in which individual plants are selected and the next generation propagated from the aggregate of their seeds. More details of mass selection are described herein in the specification.
- open pollination refers to a plant population that is freely exposed to some gene flow, as opposed to a closed one in which there is an effective barrier to gene flow.
- open-pollinated population or “open-pollinated variety” refer to plants normally capable of at least some cross-fertilization, selected to a standard, that may show variation but that also have one or more genotypic or phenotypic characteristics by which the population or the variety can be differentiated from others.
- a hybrid which has no barriers to cross-pollination, is an open-pollinated population or an open-pollinated variety.
- self-crossing means the pollen of one flower on one plant is applied (artificially or naturally) to the ovule (stigma) of the same or a different flower on the same plant.
- cross refers to the process by which the pollen of one flower on one plant is applied (artificially or naturally) to the ovule (stigma) of a flower on another plant.
- nucleic acid or an amino acid derived from an origin or source may have all kinds of nucleotide changes or protein modification as defined elsewhere herein.
- a portion of a nucleic acid or polypeptide means a portion having the minimal size characteristics of such sequences, or any larger fragment of the full length molecule, up to and including the full length molecule.
- a portion of a nucleic acid may be 12 nucleotides, 13 nucleotides, 14 nucleotides, 15 nucleotides, 16 nucleotides, 17 nucleotides, 18 nucleotides, 19 nucleotides, 20 nucleotides, 22 nucleotides, 24 nucleotides, 26 nucleotides, 28 nucleotides, 30 nucleotides, 32 nucleotides, 34 nucleotides, 36 nucleotides, 38 nucleotides, 40 nucleotides, 45 nucleotides, 50 nucleotides, 55 nucleotides, and so on, going up to the full length nucleic acid.
- a portion of a polypeptide may be 4 amino acids, 5 amino acids, 6 amino acids, 7 amino acids, and so on, going up to the full length polypeptide.
- the length of the portion to be used will depend on the particular application.
- a portion of a nucleic acid useful as hybridization probe may be as short as 12 nucleotides; in one embodiment, it is 20 nucleotides.
- a portion of a polypeptide useful as an epitope may be as short as 4 amino acids.
- a portion of a polypeptide that performs the function of the full-length polypeptide would generally be longer than 4 amino acids.
- sequence identity in the context of two nucleic acid or polypeptide sequences includes reference to the residues in the two sequences which are the same when aligned for maximum correspondence over a specified comparison window.
- sequence identity or “identity” in the context of two nucleic acid or polypeptide sequences includes reference to the residues in the two sequences which are the same when aligned for maximum correspondence over a specified comparison window.
- Sequences which differ by such conservative substitutions are said to have “sequence similarity” or “similarity.” Means for making this adjustment are well-known to those of skill in the art. Typically this involves scoring a conservative substitution as a partial rather than a full mismatch, thereby increasing the percentage sequence identity. Thus, for example, where an identical amino acid is given a score of 1 and a non-conservative substitution is given a score of zero, a conservative substitution is given a score between zero and 1. The scoring of conservative substitutions is calculated, e.g., according to the algorithm of Meyers and Miller, Computer Applic. Biol. Sci., 4:11-17 (1988).
- suppression or “disruption” of regulation refers to reduced activity of regulatory proteins, and such reduced activity can be achieved by a variety of mechanisms including antisense, mutation knockout or RNAi.
- Antisense RNA will reduce the level of expressed protein resulting in reduced protein activity as compared to wild type activity levels.
- a mutation in the gene encoding a protein may reduce the level of expressed protein and/or interfere with the function of expressed protein to cause reduced protein activity.
- polynucleotide As used herein, the terms “polynucleotide”, “polynucleotide sequence”, “nucleic acid sequence”, “nucleic acid fragment”, and “isolated nucleic acid fragment” are used interchangeably herein. These terms encompass nucleotide sequences and the like.
- a polynucleotide may be a polymer of RNA or DNA that is single- or double-stranded, that optionally contains synthetic, non-natural or altered nucleotide bases.
- a polynucleotide in the form of a polymer of DNA may be comprised of one or more segments of cDNA, genomic DNA, synthetic DNA, or mixtures thereof.
- Nucleotides are referred to by a single letter designation as follows: “A” for adenylate or deoxyadenylate (for RNA or DNA, respectively), “C” for cytidylate or deoxycytidylate, “G” for guanylate or deoxyguanylate, “U” for uridylate, “T” for deoxythymidylate, “R” for purines (A or G), “Y” for pyrimidines (C or T), “K” for G or T, “H” for A or C or T, “I” for inosine, and “N” for any nucleotide.
- coding sequence refers to a DNA sequence that codes for a specific amino acid sequence.
- regulatory sequences refer to nucleotide sequences located upstream (5′ non-coding sequences), within, or downstream (3′ non-coding sequences) of a coding sequence, and which influence the transcription, RNA processing or stability, or translation of the associated coding sequence.
- regulatory sequences may include, but are not limited to, promoters, translation leader sequences, introns, and polyadenylation recognition sequences.
- promoter refers to a DNA sequence capable of controlling the expression of a coding sequence or functional RNA.
- the promoter sequence consists of proximal and more distal upstream elements, the latter elements often referred to as enhancers.
- an “enhancer” is a DNA sequence that can stimulate promoter activity, and may be an innate element of the promoter or a heterologous element inserted to enhance the level or tissue-specificity of a promoter. Promoters may be derived in their entirety from a native gene, or be composed of different elements derived from different promoters found in nature, or even comprise synthetic DNA segments.
- promoters may direct the expression of a gene in different tissues or cell types, or at different stages of development, or in response to different environmental conditions. It is further recognized that since in most cases the exact boundaries of regulatory sequences have not been completely defined, DNA fragments of some variation may have identical promoter activity. Promoters that cause a gene to be expressed in most cell types at most times are commonly referred to as “constitutive promoters”.
- the “3′ non-coding sequences” or “3′ UTR (untranslated region) sequence” refer to DNA sequences located downstream of a coding sequence and include polyadenylation recognition sequences and other sequences encoding regulatory signals capable of affecting mRNA processing or gene expression.
- the polyadenylation signal is usually characterized by affecting the addition of polyadenylic acid tracts to the 3′ end of the mRNA precursor.
- the use of different 3′ non-coding sequences is exemplified by Ingelbrecht, I. L., et al. (1989) Plant Cell 1:671-680.
- operably linked refers to the association of nucleic acid sequences on a single nucleic acid fragment so that the function of one is regulated by the other.
- a promoter is operably linked with a coding sequence when it is capable of regulating the expression of that coding sequence (i.e., that the coding sequence is under the transcriptional control of the promoter).
- Coding sequences can be operably linked to regulatory sequences in a sense or antisense orientation.
- the complementary RNA regions of the invention can be operably linked, either directly or indirectly, 5′ to the target mRNA, or 3′ to the target mRNA, or within the target mRNA, or a first complementary region is 5′ and its complement is 3′ to the target mRNA.
- the term “vector”, “plasmid”, or “construct” refers broadly to any plasmid or virus encoding an exogenous nucleic acid.
- the term should also be construed to include non-plasmid and non-viral compounds which facilitate transfer of nucleic acid into virions or cells, such as, for example, polylysine compounds and the like.
- the vector may be a viral vector that is suitable as a delivery vehicle for delivery of the nucleic acid, or mutant thereof, to a cell, or the vector may be a non-viral vector which is suitable for the same purpose. Examples of viral and non-viral vectors for delivery of DNA to cells and tissues are well known in the art and are described, for example, in Ma et al.
- viral vectors include, but are not limited to, recombinant plant viruses.
- plant viruses include, TMV-mediated (transient) transfection into tobacco (Tuipe, T-H et al (1993), J.
- ssDNA genomes viruses e.g., family Geminiviridae
- reverse transcribing viruses e.g., families Caulimoviridae, Pseudoviridae, and Metaviridae
- dsNRA viruses e.g., families Reoviridae and Partitiviridae
- ssRNA viruses e.g., families Rhabdoviridae and Bunyaviridae
- (+) ssRNA viruses e.g., families Bromoviridae, Closteroviridae, Comoviridae, Luteoviridae, Potyviridae, Sequiviridae and Tombusviridae
- viroids e.g., families Pospiviroldae and Avsunviroidae.
- the present invention provides an isolated nucleic acid sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- the present invention provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding the dirigent protein produced by the nucleic acid sequence for EG261, comprising a nucleic acid sequence that shares at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.1%, at least 99.2%, at least 99.3%, at least 99.4%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.6%, at least 99.7%, at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9% identity to EG261.
- the present invention also provides a chimeric gene comprising the isolated nucleic acid sequence of any one of the polynucleotides described above operably linked to suitable regulatory sequences.
- the present invention also provides a recombinant construct comprising the chimeric gene as described above.
- said recombinant construct is a gene silencing construct, such as used in RNAi gene silencing.
- the expression vectors of the present invention will preferably include at least one selectable marker.
- markers include dihydrofolate reductase, G418 or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture and tetracycline, kanamycin or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria.
- the present invention also provides a transformed host cell comprising the chimeric gene as described above.
- said host cell is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, yeasts, filamentous fungi, algae, animals, and plants.
- sequences allow the design of gene-specific primers and probes for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- primer refers to an oligonucleotide which is capable of annealing to the amplification target allowing a DNA polymerase to attach, thereby serving as a point of initiation of DNA synthesis when placed under conditions in which synthesis of primer extension product is induced, i.e., in the presence of nucleotides and an agent for polymerization such as DNA polymerase and at a suitable temperature and pH.
- the (amplification) primer is preferably single stranded for maximum efficiency in amplification.
- the primer is an oligodeoxyribonucleotide.
- the primer must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of extension products in the presence of the agent for polymerization.
- a pair of bi-directional primers consists of one forward and one reverse primer as commonly used in the art of DNA amplification such as in PCR amplification.
- a probe comprises an identifiable, isolated nucleic acid that recognizes a target nucleic acid sequence.
- a probe includes a nucleic acid that is attached to an addressable location, a detectable label or other reporter molecule and that hybridizes to a target sequence.
- Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, enzyme substrates, co-factors, ligands, chemiluminescent or fluorescent agents, haptens, and enzymes. Methods for labelling and guidance in the choice of labels appropriate for various purposes are discussed, for example, in Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2 nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989 and Ausubel et al. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 4 th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
- Amplification primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as PRIMER (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge, Mass.).
- PRIMER Very 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge, Mass.
- probes and primers can be selected that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or more consecutive nucleotides of a target nucleotide sequences.
- the present invention also provides polypeptides and amino acid sequences comprising at least a portion of the isolated proteins encoded by nucleotide sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- the present invention also provides an isolated amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence that shares at least about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, about 99.1%, about 99.2%, about 99.3%, about 99.4%, about 99.5%, about 99.6%, about 99.7%, about 99.8%, or about 99.9% identity to an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence which encodes an amino acid sequence that shares at least about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, about 99.1%, about 99.2%, about 99.3%, about 99.4%, about 99.5%, about 99.6%, about 99.7%, about 99.8%, or about 99.9% identity to an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- the invention also encompasses variants and fragments of proteins of an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261.
- the variants may contain alterations in the amino acid sequences of the constituent proteins.
- the term “variant” with respect to a polypeptide refers to an amino acid sequence that is altered by one or more amino acids with respect to a reference sequence.
- the variant can have “conservative” changes, or “nonconservative” changes, e.g., analogous minor variations can also include amino acid deletions or insertions, or both.
- Functional fragments and variants of a polypeptide include those fragments and variants that maintain one or more functions of the parent polypeptide. It is recognized that the gene or cDNA encoding a polypeptide can be considerably mutated without materially altering one or more of the polypeptide's functions. First, the genetic code is well-known to be degenerate, and thus different codons encode the same amino acids. Second, even where an amino acid substitution is introduced, the mutation can be conservative and have no material impact on the essential function(s) of a protein. See, e.g., Stryer Biochemistry 3 rd Ed., 1988. Third, part of a polypeptide chain can be deleted without impairing or eliminating all of its functions.
- insertions or additions can be made in the polypeptide chain for example, adding epitope tags, without impairing or eliminating its functions (Ausubel et al. J. Immunol. 159(5): 2502-12, 1997).
- Other modifications that can be made without materially impairing one or more functions of a polypeptide can include, for example, in vivo or in vitro chemical and biochemical modifications or the incorporation of unusual amino acids.
- modifications include, but are not limited to, for example, acetylation, carboxylation, phosphorylation, glycosylation, ubiquination, labelling, e.g., with radionucleotides, and various enzymatic modifications, as will be readily appreciated by those well skilled in the art.
- a variety of methods for labelling polypeptides, and labels useful for such purposes, are well known in the art, and include radioactive isotopes such as 32 P, ligands which bind to or are bound by labelled specific binding partners (e.g., antibodies), fluorophores, chemiluminescent agents, enzymes, and anti-ligands.
- Functional fragments and variants can be of varying length. For example, some fragments have at least 10, 25, 50, 75, 100, 200, or even more amino acid residues.
- These mutations can be natural or purposely changed. In some embodiments, mutations containing alterations that produce silent substitutions, additions, or deletions, but do not alter the properties or activities of the proteins or how the proteins are made are an embodiment of the invention.
- Conservative amino acid substitutions are those substitutions that, when made, least interfere with the properties of the original protein, that is, the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions.
- Conservative substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain. Further information about conservative substitutions can be found, for instance, in Ben Bassat et al. ( J. Bacteriol., 169:751-757, 1987), O'Regan et al. ( Gene, 77:237-251, 1989), Sahin-Toth et al.
- the Blosum matrices are commonly used for determining the relatedness of polypeptide sequences.
- the Blosum matrices were created using a large database of trusted alignments (the BLOCKS database), in which pairwise sequence alignments related by less than some threshold percentage identity were counted (Henikoff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:10915-10919, 1992).
- a threshold of 90% identity was used for the highly conserved target frequencies of the BLOSUM90 matrix.
- a threshold of 65% identity was used for the BLOSUM65 matrix. Scores of zero and above in the Blosum matrices are considered “conservative substitutions” at the percentage identity selected.
- Table 1 shows exemplary conservative amino acid substitutions.
- variants can have no more than 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 conservative amino acid changes (such as very highly conserved or highly conserved amino acid substitutions).
- one or several hydrophobic residues (such as Leu, Ile, Val, Met, Phe, or Trp) in a variant sequence can be replaced with a different hydrophobic residue (such as Leu, Ile, Val, Met, Phe, or Trp) to create a variant functionally similar to the disclosed an amino acid sequences encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- variants may differ from the disclosed sequences by alteration of the coding region to fit the codon usage bias of the particular organism into which the molecule is to be introduced.
- the coding region may be altered by taking advantage of the degeneracy of the genetic code to alter the coding sequence such that, while the nucleotide sequence is substantially altered, it nevertheless encodes a protein having an amino acid sequence substantially similar to the disclosed an amino acid sequences encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- functional fragments derived from the EG261 orthologs of the present invention are provided.
- the functional fragments can still confer resistance to pathogens when expressed in a plant.
- the functional fragments contain at least the dirigent domain of a wild type EG261 orthologs, or functional variants thereof.
- the functional fragments contain one or more conserved region shared by two or more EG261 orthologs, shared by two or more EG261 orthologs in the same plant genus, shared by two or more dicot EG261 orthologs, and/or shared by two or more monocot EG261 orthologs.
- Non-limiting exemplary conserved regions are shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 .
- the dirigent domain or conserved regions can be determined by any suitable computer program, such as NCBI protein BLAST program and NCBI Alignment program, or equivalent programs.
- the functional fragments are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more amino acids shorter compared to the EG261 orthologs of the present invention.
- the functional fragments are made by deleting one or more amino acid of the EG261 orthologs of the present invention.
- the functional fragments share at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more identity to the EG261 orthologs of the present invention.
- functional chimeric or synthetic polypeptides derived from the EG261 orthologs of the present invention are provided.
- the functional chimeric or synthetic polypeptides can still confer resistance to pathogens when expressed in a plant.
- the functional chimeric or synthetic polypeptides contain at least the dirigent domain of a wild type EG261 orthologs, or functional variants thereof.
- the functional chimeric or synthetic polypeptides contain one or more conserved region shared by two or more EG261 orthologs, shared by two or more EG261 orthologs in the same plant genus, shared by two or more dicot EG261 orthologs, and/or shared by two or more monocot EG261 orthologs.
- Non-limiting exemplary conserved regions are shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 .
- the dirigent domain or conserved regions can be determined by any suitable computer program, such as NCBI protein BLAST program and NCBI Alignment program, or equivalent programs.
- the functional chimeric or synthetic polypeptides share at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more identity to the EG261 orthologs of the present invention.
- Sequences of conserved regions can also be used to knock-down the level of one or more EG261 orthologs.
- sequences of conserved regions can be used to make gene silencing molecules to target one ore more EG261 orthologs.
- the gene silencing molecules are selected from the group consisting of double-stranded polynucleotides, single-stranded polynucleotides or Mixed Duplex Oligonucleotides.
- the gene silencing molecules comprises a DNA/RNA fragment of about 10 bp, 15 bp, 19 bp, 20 bp, 21 bp, 25 bp, 30 bp, 40 bp, 50 bp, 60 bp, 70 bp, 80 bp, 90 bp, 100 bp, 150 bp, 200 pb, 250 bp, 300 bp, 350 bp, 400 bp, 500 bp, 600 bp, 700 bp, 800 bp, 900 bp, 1000 bp, or more polynucleotides, wherein the DNA/RNA fragment share at least 90%, 95%, 99%, or more identity to a conserved region of the EG261 orthologs sequences of the present invention, or complementary sequences thereof
- the present polynucleotides coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof of the present invention can be transformed into soybean or other plant genera.
- Transgenic plants can now be produced by a variety of different transformation methods including, but not limited to, electroporation; microinjection; microprojectile bombardment, also known as particle acceleration or biolistic bombardment; viral-mediated transformation; and Agrobacterium-mediated transformation. See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,405,765; 5,472,869; 5,538,877; 5,538,880; 5,550,318; 5,641,664; 5,736,369 and 5,736,369; International Patent Application Publication Nos.
- Agrobacterium tumefaciens is a naturally occurring bacterium that is capable of inserting its DNA (genetic information) into plants, resulting in a type of injury to the plant known as crown gall. Most species of plants can now be transformed using this method, including cucurbitaceous species.
- Microprojectile bombardment is also known as particle acceleration, biolistic bombardment, and the gene gun (Biolistic® Gene Gun).
- the gene gun is used to shoot pellets that are coated with genes (e.g., for desired traits) into plant seeds or plant tissues in order to get the plant cells to then express the new genes.
- the gene gun uses an actual explosive (.22 caliber blank) to propel the material. Compressed air or steam may also be used as the propellant.
- the Biolistic® Gene Gun was invented in 1983-1984 at Cornell University by John Sanford, Edward Wolf, and Nelson Allen. It and its registered trademark are now owned by E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. Most species of plants have been transformed using this method.
- Agrobacterium -mediated plant transformation involves as a first step the placement of DNA fragments cloned on plasmids into living Agrobacterium cells, which are then subsequently used for transformation into individual plant cells. Agrobacterium -mediated plant transformation is thus an indirect plant transformation method.
- Methods of Agrobacterium -mediated plant transformation that involve using vectors with no T-DNA are also well known to those skilled in the art and can have applicability in the present invention. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 7,250,554, which utilizes P-DNA instead of T-DNA in the transformation vector.
- a transgenic plant formed using Agrobacterium transformation methods typically contains a single gene on one chromosome, although multiple copies are possible. Such transgenic plants can be referred to as being hemizygous for the added gene. A more accurate name for such a plant is an independent segregant, because each transformed plant represents a unique T-DNA integration event (U.S. Pat. No. 6,156,953).
- a transgene locus is generally characterized by the presence and/or absence of the transgene.
- a heterozygous genotype in which one allele corresponds to the absence of the transgene is also designated hemizygous (U.S. Pat. No. 6,008,437).
- a third direct method uses fibrous forms of metal or ceramic consisting of sharp, porous or hollow needle-like projections that literally impale the cells, and also the nuclear envelope of cells.
- silicon carbide and aluminium borate whiskers have been used for plant transformation (Mizuno et al., 2004; Petolino et al., 2000; U.S. Pat. No. 5,302,523 US Application 20040197909) and also for bacterial and animal transformation (Kaepler et al., 1992; Raloff, 1990; Wang, 1995). There are other methods reported, and undoubtedly, additional methods will be developed.
- a selection method For efficient plant transformation, a selection method must be employed such that whole plants are regenerated from a single transformed cell and every cell of the transformed plant carries the DNA of interest.
- These methods can employ positive selection, whereby a foreign gene is supplied to a plant cell that allows it to utilize a substrate present in the medium that it otherwise could not use, such as mannose or xylose (for example, refer U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,767,378; 5,994,629).
- negative selection is used because it is more efficient, utilizing selective agents such as herbicides or antibiotics that either kill or inhibit the growth of non-transformed plant cells and reducing the possibility of chimeras. Resistance genes that are effective against negative selective agents are provided on the introduced foreign DNA used for the plant transformation.
- nptII neomycin phosphotransferase
- herbicides and herbicide resistance genes have been used for transformation purposes, including the bar gene, which confers resistance to the herbicide phosphinothricin (White et al., Nucl Acids Res 18: 1062 (1990), Spencer et al., Theor Appl Genet 79: 625-631(1990), U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,795,855, 5,378,824 and 6,107,549).
- the dhfr gene which confers resistance to the anticancer agent methotrexate, has been used for selection (Bourouis et al., EMBO J. 2(7): 1099-1104 (1983).
- Non-limiting examples of binary vectors suitable for soybean species transformation and transformation methods are described by Yi et al. 2006 (Transformation of multiple soybean cultivars by infecting cotyledonary-node with Agrobacterium tumefaciens , African Journal of Biotechnology Vol. 5 (20), pp. 1989-1993, 16 Oct. 2006), Paz et al., 2004 (Assessment of conditions affecting Agrobacterium -mediated soybean transformation using the cotyledonary node explant, Euphytica 136: 167-179, 2004), U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,376,543, 5,416,011, 5,968,830, and 5,569,834, or by similar experimental procedures well known to those skilled in the art. Soybean plants can be transformed by using any method described in the above references.
- the expression control elements used to regulate the expression of a given protein can either be the expression control element that is normally found associated with the coding sequence (homologous expression element) or can be a heterologous expression control element.
- a variety of homologous and heterologous expression control elements are known in the art and can readily be used to make expression units for use in the present invention.
- Transcription initiation regions can include any of the various opine initiation regions, such as octopine, mannopine, nopaline and the like that are found in the Ti plasmids of Agrobacterium tumefaciens .
- plant viral promoters can also be used, such as the cauliflower mosaic virus 19S and 35S promoters (CaMV 19S and CaMV 35S promoters, respectively) to control gene expression in a plant (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,352,605; 5,530,196 and 5,858,742 for example).
- Enhancer sequences derived from the CaMV can also be utilized (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,164,316; 5,196,525; 5,322,938; 5,530,196; 5,352,605; 5,359,142; and 5,858,742 for example).
- plant promoters such as prolifera promoter, fruit specific promoters, Ap3 promoter, heat shock promoters, seed specific promoters, etc. can also be used.
- Either a gamete-specific promoter, a constitutive promoter (such as the CaMV or Nos promoter), an organ-specific promoter (such as the E8 promoter from tomato), or an inducible promoter is typically ligated to the protein or antisense encoding region using standard techniques known in the art.
- the expression unit may be further optimized by employing supplemental elements such as transcription terminators and/or enhancer elements.
- the expression units will typically contain, in addition to the protein sequence, a plant promoter region, a transcription initiation site and a transcription termination sequence.
- Unique restriction enzyme sites at the 5′ and 3′ ends of the expression unit are typically included to allow for easy insertion into a pre-existing vector.
- the promoter is preferably positioned about the same distance from the heterologous transcription start site as it is from the transcription start site in its natural setting. As is known in the art, however, some variation in this distance can be accommodated without loss of promoter function.
- the expression cassette can also contain a transcription termination region downstream of the structural gene to provide for efficient termination.
- the termination region may be obtained from the same gene as the promoter sequence or may be obtained from different genes. If the mRNA encoded by the structural gene is to be efficiently processed, DNA sequences which direct polyadenylation of the RNA are also commonly added to the vector construct. Polyadenylation sequences include, but are not limited to the Agrobacterium octopine synthase signal (Gielen et al., EMBO J 3:835-846 (1984)) or the nopaline synthase signal (Depicker et al., Mol. and Appl. Genet. 1:561-573 (1982)).
- the resulting expression unit is ligated into or otherwise constructed to be included in a vector that is appropriate for higher plant transformation.
- One or more expression units may be included in the same vector.
- the vector will typically contain a selectable marker gene expression unit by which transformed plant cells can be identified in culture.
- the marker gene will encode resistance to an antibiotic, such as G418, hygromycin, bleomycin, kanamycin, or gentamicin or to an herbicide, such as glyphosate (Round-Up) or glufosinate (BASTA) or atrazine.
- Replication sequences of bacterial or viral origin, are generally also included to allow the vector to be cloned in a bacterial or phage host; preferably a broad host range for prokaryotic origin of replication is included.
- a selectable marker for bacteria may also be included to allow selection of bacterial cells bearing the desired construct. Suitable prokaryotic selectable markers include resistance to antibiotics such as ampicillin, kanamycin or tetracycline.
- Other DNA sequences encoding additional functions may also be present in the vector, as is known in the art. For instance, in the case of Agrobacterium transformations, T-DNA sequences will also be included for subsequent transfer to plant chromosomes.
- Recombinant DNA techniques allow plant researchers to circumvent these limitations by enabling plant geneticists to identify and clone specific genes for desirable traits, such as improved fatty acid composition, and to introduce these genes into already useful varieties of plants. Once the foreign genes have been introduced into a plant, that plant can then be used in conventional plant breeding schemes (e.g., pedigree breeding, single-seed-descent breeding schemes, reciprocal recurrent selection) to produce progeny which also contain the gene of interest.
- conventional plant breeding schemes e.g., pedigree breeding, single-seed-descent breeding schemes, reciprocal recurrent selection
- Genes can be introduced in a site directed fashion using homologous recombination. Homologous recombination permits site-specific modifications in endogenous genes and thus inherited or acquired mutations may be corrected, and/or novel alterations may be engineered into the genome. Homologous recombination and site-directed integration in plants are discussed in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,451,513; 5,501,967 and 5,527,695.
- Open-Pollinated Populations The improvement of open-pollinated populations of such crops as rye, many maizes and sugar beets, herbage grasses, legumes such as alfalfa and clover, and tropical tree crops such as cacao, coconuts, oil palm and some rubber, depends essentially upon changing gene-frequencies towards fixation of favorable alleles while maintaining a high (but far from maximal) degree of heterozygosity. Uniformity in such populations is impossible and trueness-to-type in an open-pollinated variety is a statistical feature of the population as a whole, not a characteristic of individual plants. Thus, the heterogeneity of open-pollinated populations contrasts with the homogeneity (or virtually so) of inbred lines, clones and hybrids.
- Interpopulation improvement utilizes the concept of open breeding populations; allowing genes for flow from one population to another. Plants in one population (cultivar, strain, ecotype, or any germplasm source) are crossed either naturally (e.g., by wind) or by hand or by bees (commonly Apis mellifera L. or Megachile rotundata F.) with plants from other populations. Selection is applied to improve one (or sometimes both) population(s) by isolating plants with desirable traits from both sources.
- Mass Selection In mass selection, desirable individual plants are chosen, harvested, and the seed composited without progeny testing to produce the following generation. Since selection is based on the maternal parent only, and there is no control over pollination, mass selection amounts to a form of random mating with selection. As stated above, the purpose of mass selection is to increase the proportion of superior genotypes in the population.
- Synthetics A synthetic variety is produced by crossing inter se a number of genotypes selected for good combining ability in all possible hybrid combinations, with subsequent maintenance of the variety by open pollination. Whether parents are (more or less inbred) seed-propagated lines, as in some sugar beet and beans ( Vicia ) or clones, as in herbage grasses, clovers and alfalfa, makes no difference in principle. Parents are selected on general combining ability, sometimes by test crosses or toperosses, more generally by polycrosses. Parental seed lines may be deliberately inbred (e.g. by selfing or sib crossing). However, even if the parents are not deliberately inbred, selection within lines during line maintenance will ensure that some inbreeding occurs. Clonal parents will, of course, remain unchanged and highly heterozygous.
- the number of parental lines or clones that enters a synthetic varies widely. In practice, numbers of parental lines range from 10 to several hundred, with 100-200 being the average. Broad based synthetics formed from 100 or more clones would be expected to be more stable during seed multiplication than narrow based synthetics.
- Hybrids A hybrid is an individual plant resulting from a cross between parents of differing genotypes. Commercial hybrids are now used extensively in many crops, including corn (maize), sorghum, sugar beet, sunflower and broccoli. Hybrids can be formed in a number of different ways, including by crossing two parents directly (single cross hybrids), by crossing a single cross hybrid with another parent (three-way or triple cross hybrids), or by crossing two different hybrids (four-way or double cross hybrids).
- hybrids most individuals in an out breeding (i.e., open-pollinated) population are hybrids, but the term is usually reserved for cases in which the parents are individuals whose genomes are sufficiently distinct for them to be recognized as different species or subspecies.
- Hybrids may be fertile or sterile depending on qualitative and/or quantitative differences in the genomes of the two parents.
- Heterosis, or hybrid vigor is usually associated with increased heterozygosity that results in increased vigor of growth, survival, and fertility of hybrids as compared with the parental lines that were used to form the hybrid. Maximum heterosis is usually achieved by crossing two genetically different, highly inbred lines.
- hybrids The production of hybrids is a well-developed industry, involving the isolated production of both the parental lines and the hybrids which result from crossing those lines.
- hybrid production process see, e.g., Wright, Commercial Hybrid Seed Production 8:161-176, In Hybridization of Crop Plants.
- BSA Bulk Segregation Analysis
- BSA of a trait of interest parental lines with certain different phenotypes are chosen and crossed to generate F2, doubled haploid or recombinant inbred populations with QTL analysis. The population is then phenotyped to identify individual plants or lines having high or low expression of the trait.
- Two DNA bulks are prepared, one from the individuals having one phenotype (e.g., resistant to pathogen), and the other from the individuals having reversed phenotype (e.g., susceptible to pathogen), and analyzed for allele frequency with molecular markers. Only a few individuals are required in each bulk (e.g., 10 plants each) if the markers are dominant (e.g., RAPDs). More individuals are needed when markers are co-dominant (e.g., RFLPs). Markers linked to the phenotype can be identified and used for breeding or QTL mapping.
- Gene Pyramiding The method to combine into a single genotype a series of target genes identified in different parents is usually referred as gene pyramiding.
- a non-limiting example of gene pyramiding scheme is shown in FIG. 3 .
- the first part of a gene pyramiding breeding is called a pedigree and is aimed at cumulating one copy of all target genes in a single genotype (called root genotype).
- the second part is called the fixation steps and is aimed at fixing the target genes into a homozygous state, that is, to derive the ideal genotype (ideotype) from the root genotype.
- Gene pyramiding can be combined with marker assisted selection (MAS, see Hospital et al., 1992, 1997a, and 1997b, and Moreau et al, 1998) or marker based recurrent selection (MBRS, see Hospital et al., 2000).
- MAS marker assisted selection
- MBRS marker based recurrent selection
- RNA Interference RNA Interference
- RNA interference is the process of sequence-specific, post-transcriptional gene silencing or transcriptional gene silencing in animals and plants, initiated by double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) that is homologous in sequence to the silenced gene.
- dsRNA double-stranded RNA
- the preferred RNA effector molecules useful in this invention must be sufficiently distinct in sequence from any host polynucleotide sequences for which function is intended to be undisturbed after any of the methods of this invention are performed.
- Computer algorithms may be used to define the essential lack of homology between the RNA molecule polynucleotide sequence and host, essential, normal sequences.
- dsRNA or “dsRNA molecule” or “double-strand RNA effector molecule” refers to an at least partially double-strand ribonucleic acid molecule containing a region of at least about 19 or more nucleotides that are in a double-strand conformation.
- the double-stranded RNA effector molecule may be a duplex double-stranded RNA formed from two separate RNA strands or it may be a single RNA strand with regions of self-complementarity capable of assuming an at least partially double-stranded hairpin conformation (i.e., a hairpin dsRNA or stem-loop dsRNA).
- the dsRNA consists entirely of ribonucleotides or consists of a mixture of ribonucleotides and deoxynucleotides, such as RNA/DNA hybrids.
- the dsRNA may be a single molecule with regions of self-complementarity such that nucleotides in one segment of the molecule base pair with nucleotides in another segment of the molecule.
- the regions of self-complementarity are linked by a region of at least about 3-4 nucleotides, or about 5, 6, 7, 9 to 15 nucleotides or more, which lacks complementarity to another part of the molecule and thus remains single-stranded (i.e., the “loop region”).
- Such a molecule will assume a partially double-stranded stem-loop structure, optionally, with short single stranded 5′ and/or 3′ ends.
- the regions of self-complementarity of the hairpin dsRNA or the double-stranded region of a duplex dsRNA will comprise an Effector Sequence and an Effector Complement (e.g., linked by a single-stranded loop region in a hairpin dsRNA).
- the Effector Sequence or Effector Strand is that strand of the double-stranded region or duplex which is incorporated in or associates with RISC.
- the double-stranded RNA effector molecule will comprise an at least 19 contiguous nucleotide effector sequence, preferably 19 to 29, 19 to 27, or 19 to 21 nucleotides, which is a reverse complement to the RNA of nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof, or an opposite strand replication intermediate.
- said double-stranded RNA effector molecules are provided by providing to a soybean or other plant, plant tissue, or plant cell an expression construct comprising one or more double-stranded RNA effector molecules.
- the expression construct comprises a double-strand RNA derived from any one of nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof. In other embodiments, the expression construct comprises a double-strand RNA derived from more than one sequences of nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- the expression construct comprises a double-strand RNA derived from more than one sequences of nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof, and one or more other genes involved in pathogen resistance.
- a double-strand RNA effector molecule based on the nucleotide sequences of nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof in the present invention.
- the dsRNA effector molecule of the invention is a “hairpin dsRNA”, a “dsRNA hairpin”, “short-hairpin RNA” or “shRNA”, i.e., an RNA molecule of less than approximately 400 to 500 nucleotides (nt), or less than 100 to 200 nt, in which at least one stretch of at least 15 to 100 nucleotides (e.g., 17 to 50 nt, 19 to 29 nt) is based paired with a complementary sequence located on the same RNA molecule (single RNA strand), and where said sequence and complementary sequence are separated by an unpaired region of at least about 4 to 7 nucleotides (or about 9 to about 15 nt, about 15 to about 100 nt, about 100 to about 1000 nt) which forms a single-stranded loop above the stem structure created by the two regions of base complementarity.
- the shRNA molecules comprise at least one stem-loop structure comprising a double-stranded stem region of about 17 to about 500 bp; about 17 to about 50 bp; about 40 to about 100 bp; about 18 to about 40 bp; or from about 19 to about 29 bp; homologous and complementary to a target sequence to be inhibited; and an unpaired loop region of at least about 4 to 7 nucleotides, or about 9 to about 15 nucleotides, about 15 to about 100 nt, about 250-500 bp, about 100 to about 1000 nt, which forms a single-stranded loop above the stem structure created by the two regions of base complementarity.
- the expression construct of the present invention comprising DNA sequence which can be transcribed into one or more double-stranded RNA effector molecules can be transformed into a plant, wherein the transformed plant produces different fatty acid compositions than the untransformed plant.
- the target sequence to be inhibited by the dsRNA effector molecule include, but are not limited to, coding region, 5′ UTR region, 3′ UTR region of fatty acids synthesis genes.
- the target sequence is from one or more nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- RNAi The effects of RNAi can be both systemic and heritable in plants.
- RNAi In plants, RNAi is thought to propagate by the transfer of siRNAs between cells through plasmodesmata. The heritability comes from methylation of promoters targeted by RNAi; the new methylation pattern is copied in each new generation of the cell.
- a broad general distinction between plants and animals lies in the targeting of endogenously produced miRNAs; in plants, miRNAs are usually perfectly or nearly perfectly complementary to their target genes and induce direct mRNA cleavage by RISC, while animals' miRNAs tend to be more divergent in sequence and induce translational repression.
- RNAi in plants are described in David Allis et al (Epigenetics, CSHL Press, 2007, ISBN 0879697245, 9780879697242), Sohail et al (Gene silencing by RNA interference: technology and application, CRC Press, 2005, ISBN 0849321417, 9780849321412), Engelke et al. (RAN Interference, Academic Press, 2005, ISBN 0121827976, 9780121827977), and Doran et al. (RNA Interference: Methods for Plants and Animals, CABI, 2009, ISBN 1845934105, 9781845934101), which are all herein incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes.
- the present invention provides methods of producing soybeans or other plants containing altered and/or increased levels of pathogen tolerance and/or resistance. Such methods comprise utilizing the soybean or other plants comprising the chimeric genes as described above.
- the present invention also provides methods of breeding soybean and other plants producing altered and/or increased levels of pathogen tolerance and/or resistance.
- such methods comprise:
- the present invention provides methods of breeding species close to Glycine max , wherein said species produces altered and/or increased levels of pathogen tolerance and/or resistance.
- such methods comprise
- This invention involves the discovery that the soybean gene referred to herein as ‘EG261’ codes for a dirigent protein that confers resistance to pathogens, including resistance to nematodes.
- EG261 codes for a dirigent protein that confers resistance to pathogens, including resistance to nematodes.
- copies A There are 2 copies of EG261 in soybeans, but only one of the gene copies, which is referred to herein as “copy A,” is positively selected.
- the second copy which is referred to herein as “copy B,” is well-conserved and there is no evidence that it plays any role in nematode resistance (or in any other trait of agronomic interest).
- all references to EG261 are referring to copy A of the gene.
- EG261 is very highly expressed in roots, as might be expected for a gene that confers resistance to SCN, as this is a primary route for SCN entrance to the plant.
- EG261 maps into a predicted location (i.e., a QTL) on soybean chromosome 1 for SCN resistance.
- This QTL is supported by two different studies (Vergel C. Concibido, Brian W. Diers, and Prakash R. Arelli, Crop Science , VOL. 44, JULY-AUGUST 2004, 1121-1131, and Pin Yue, David A. Sleper and Prakash R. Arelli, Crop Science , VOL. 41, SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER 2001, 1589-1595).
- this QTL is broad, and likely contains hundreds of genes, so the exact gene-of-interest has not previously been isolated.
- the gene sequence of EG261 (SEQ ID NO: 1), derived from cultivated soybean ( Glycine max ) follows:
- EG261 coding sequence (cultivated soybean; Glycine max , SEQ ID NO: 2):
- the EG261 gene sequence is more than 99% identical to Sequences 65260 and 33011 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,569,389, each of which are identical to each other (SEQ ID NO: 3):
- Wild soybean relatives were chosen for analysis; these species were those that the scientific literature suggested were tolerant to one or more races of SCN. These putatively SCN-resistant species were then tested in standard assays for SCN susceptibility/resistance. Multiple races (HG groups) were used to test each wild soybean accession. In multiple replicates, multiple plants of each wild soybean species were challenged by SCN; each challenge involved multiple SCN races/HG groups.
- the resulting ESTs were compared on a gene-by-gene basis.
- the homologous sequences were analyzed to identify those that have nucleic acid sequence differences between the two species.
- molecular evolution analysis was conducted to evaluate quantitatively and qualitatively the evolutionary significance of the differences between orthologous genes derived from cultivated soybean ( G. max ) and each wild species (for example, Glycine tabacina ) on a pairwise basis.
- Each wild species was also compared in pairwise fashion to every other wild soybean species.
- Automated bioinformatics analysis was then applied to each pairwise comparison and only those sequences that contain a nucleotide change (or changes) that yield evolutionarily significant change(s) were retained for further analysis. This enabled the identification of genes that have evolved to confer some evolutionary advantage as well as the identification of the specific evolved changes.
- any of several different molecular evolution analyses or Ka/Ks-type methods can be employed to evaluate quantitatively and qualitatively the evolutionary significance of the identified nucleotide changes between homologous gene sequences from related species.
- positive selection on proteins i.e., molecular-level adaptive evolution
- Ka and Ks may be used, although it is particularly convenient and most effective to compare these two variables as a ratio. Sequences are identified by exhibiting a statistically significant difference between Ka and Ks using standard statistical methods.
- the Ka/Ks analysis by Li et al. is used to carry out the present invention, although other analysis programs that can detect positively selected genes between species can also be used.
- the Ka/Ks method which comprises a comparison of the rate of non-synonymous substitutions per non-synonymous site with the rate of synonymous substitutions per synonymous site between homologous protein-coding regions of genes in terms of a ratio, is used to identify sequence substitutions that may be driven by adaptive selections as opposed to neutral selections during evolution.
- a synonymous (“silent”) substitution is one that, owing to the degeneracy of the genetic code, makes no change to the amino acid sequence encoded; a non-synonymous substitution results in an amino acid replacement.
- the extent of each type of change can be estimated as Ka and Ks, respectively, the numbers of synonymous substitutions per synonymous site and non-synonymous substitutions per non-synonymous site. Calculations of Ka/Ks may be performed manually or by using software. An example of a suitable program is MEGA (Molecular Genetics Institute, Pennsylvania State University).
- either complete or partial protein-coding sequences are used to calculate total numbers of synonymous and non-synonymous substitutions, as well as non-synonymous and synonymous sites.
- the length of the polynucleotide sequence analyzed can be any appropriate length.
- the entire coding sequence is compared, in order to determine any and all significant changes.
- Publicly available computer programs such as Li93 (Li (1993) J. Mol. Evol. 36:96 99) or INA, can be used to calculate the Ka and Ks values for all pairwise comparisons.
- This analysis can be further adapted to examine sequences in a “sliding window” fashion such that small numbers of important changes are not masked by the whole sequence. “Sliding window” refers to examination of consecutive, overlapping subsections of the gene (the subsections can be of any length).
- Ka/Ks The comparison of non-synonymous and synonymous substitution rates is commonly represented by the Ka/Ks ratio.
- Ka/Ks has been shown to be a reflection of the degree to which adaptive evolution has been at work in the sequence under study. Full length or partial segments of a coding sequence can be used for the Ka/Ks analysis. The higher the Ka/Ks ratio, the more likely that a sequence has undergone adaptive evolution and the non-synonymous substitutions are evolutionarily significant. See, for example, Messier and Stewart (1997).
- All methods for calculating Ka/Ks ratios are based on a pairwise comparison of the number of nonsynonymous substitutions per nonsynonymous site to the number of synonymous substitutions per synonymous site for the protein-coding regions of homologous genes from related species.
- Each method implements different corrections for estimating “multiple hits” (i.e., more than one nucleotide substitution at the same site).
- Each method also uses different models for how DNA sequences change over evolutionary time.
- a combination of results from different algorithms is used to increase the level of sensitivity for detection of positively-selected genes and confidence in the result.
- soybean polynucleotide sequences that are functionally related to soybean protein-coding sequences.
- sequences may include, but are not limited to, non-coding sequences or coding sequences that do not encode proteins.
- These related sequences can be, for example, physically adjacent to the soybean protein-coding sequences in the soybean genome, such as introns or 5′- and 3′-flanking sequences (including control elements such as promoters and enhancers).
- These related sequences may be obtained via searching a public genome database such as GenBank or, alternatively, by screening and sequencing an appropriate genomic library with a protein-coding sequence as probe. Methods and techniques for obtaining non-coding sequences using related coding sequence are well known to one skilled in the art.
- the software ran through all possible pairwise comparisons between putative orthologs of every gene from cultivated soybean, G. max , as compared to the likely orthologs from the wild species, looking for high Ka/Ks ratios.
- the software BLASTed (in automated fashion) every mRNA sequence from cultivated soybean against every sequence in the transcriptome that was sequenced from a wild relative, for example, G. pescadrensis .
- the software then performed Ka/Ks analysis for each gene pair (i.e., each set of ‘orthologs’), flagging the gene pairs with high Ka/Ks scores.
- the software then compared every G max sequence against every sequence of another wild relative, for example, G.
- the software next compared every gene sequence in the transcriptome of G. pescadrensis against every sequence of G. tabacina , again doing BLASTs, etc. It thus ultimately compared all of the expressed genes represented in the utilized cDNA libraries of every soybean species against all the genes of every other soybean species, both wild and cultivated, the goal being to find every gene that shows evidence of positive selection. While software was used to accomplish this analysis it can be accomplished by one skilled in the art using a calculator, i.e., it can all be “done by hand”—the software simply speeds things up.
- Glycine microphylla (SEQ ID NO: 4):
- Glycine pescadrensis (SEQ ID NO: 5):
- Glycine tabacina (New South Wales, Australia, SEQ ID NO: 6):
- Glycine tabacina (Taiwan, SEQ ID NO: 7):
- Glycine tomentella (An alternate name for this species, used in some literature, is G. latifolia .) (Australia, SEQ ID NO: 8):
- Plants from wild, related species containing the orthologs identified according to Example 2 were assayed for their actual ability to confer resistance.
- wild soybean species of the genus Glycine were tested for their innate ability to resist challenge by soybean cyst nematode (SCN).
- Germplasm accessions were obtained from the National Plant Germplasm System (NPGS).
- Seeds were geminated and seedlings were tested for SCN resistance in conical cone-tainers.
- RNAs from several tissues were flash-frozen and both genomic DNA and RNA were prepared from the frozen tissues. RNAs from multiple tissues from each plant then were pooled for subsequent construction of cDNA libraries (one library per species). High-throughput 454 Titanium sequencing was performed for each cDNA library. It is noted, however, that any suitable high-throughput sequencing format would have been acceptable and using this particular method was not critical to the success of these experiments.
- the resulting transcriptome sequence datasets for each species were analyzed in order to identify any positively selected transcripts using proprietary analysis software of Evolutionary Genomics, Inc.
- RNAi silencing of EG261 in the Williams 82 which is SCN-sensitive: no difference in sensitivity was observed after silencing of EG261 in this line.
- FIG. 1 Data show significant shift toward susceptibility ( FIG. 1 ). Bars show the proportion of nematode population on each root that advanced past the J2 stage (mean ⁇ std.error).
- F Fayette (SCN-resistant); W: Williams 82 (SCN-susceptible); EV: transformed with empty vector; hp: transformed with EG261 hairpin gene silencing construct; Ox: transformed with construct expressing Glyma01g31770 under control of strong G. max ubiquitin promoter.
- ANOVA P value for similarity of means is 0.005 for F EV compared to F hp, and 0.97 for W EV compared to W Ox.
- RNAi silencing of EG261 in the soybean cultivar Williams 82 which is SCN-sensitive: no difference in sensitivity was observed after silencing of EG261 in this line.
- These experiments were interpreted to mean that resistance to SCN is conferred by the EG261 gene; if one knocks out the EG261 allele in SCN-resistant lines, the result is that SCN resistance is then lost.
- the allele of EG261 in the sensitive William 82 line is already either non-functional or at least not very effective in conferring SCN-resistance, so that silencing of the EG261 allele does not change the SCN-sensitive phonotype of Williams 82.
- the resistant line is one that was created by cross-breeding to soybean land-races that display SCN-resistance. (It is believed that the land-races became SCN-resistant because of introgression with wild SCN-resistant soybean species.) This is strong evidence for the role of EG261 in influencing/controlling SCN resistance in soybeans.
- ‘Big Boy’ tomato plants can be transformed with a construct containing EG261 using standard transformation technology for tomato plants. See, e.g., Antonio Di Matteo, Maria Manuela Rigano, Adriana Sacco, Luigi Frusciante and Amalia Barone (2011). Genetic Transformation in Tomato: Novel Tools to Improve Fruit Quality and Pharmaceutical Production, Genetic Transformation, Prof. Mar ⁇ -a Alvarez (Ed.), ISBN: 978-953-307-364-4, InTech.
- Transformation of tomato plants with a construct containing EG261 can be accomplished with either the cultivated/the wild soybean orthologs included in this patent, or with the tomato ortholog (SEQ ID NO 16) of the EG261 gene.
- the transformed tomato plants can be tested for disease resistance as compared to the untransformed, control ‘Big Boy’ tomato plants.
- Root rot caused by Rhizoctonia solani, Fusarium solani and Sclerotiumrolfsii.
- Rhizoctonia solani a species of roots
- Fusarium solani a species of roots
- Sclerotiumrolfsii a species of root diseases
- the transformed tomato plants showing conferred and/or enhanced resistance to one or more of these root diseases can be tested to confirm the presence of EG261 by using one or more of the following procedures: (a) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and amplifying sequences homologous to the EG261 polynucleotide; (b) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and performing a Southern hybridization to detect the EG261 polynucleotide; (c) isolating proteins from said plant and performing a Western Blot using antibodies to a protein encoded by the EG261 polynucleotide; and/or (d) demonstrating the presence of mRNA sequences derived from a EG261 polynucleotide mRNA transcript and unique to the EG261 polynucleotide.
- a ‘Big Boy’ tomato plant with a conferred copy of the coding sequence for EG261 as obtained in Example 6 can be crossed to a plant of the ‘Early Girl’ variety and the resultant progeny can be tested for tolerance/resistance to the three root diseases.
- the transformed ‘Early Girl’ tomato plant can be backcrossed one or more times to ‘Early Girl’ to produce a near isogenic or isogenic ‘Early Girl’ tomato with the coding sequence for EG261.
- ‘B73’ and/or ‘Mo17’ inbred maize plants can be transformed with a construct containing EG261 using standard transformation technology for maize. See, e.g., Sidorov and Duncan, 2008 ( Agrobacterium -Mediated Maize Transformation: Immature Embryos Versus Callus, Methods in Molecular Biology, 526:47-58); Frame et al., 2002 ( Agrobacterium tumefaciens -Mediated Transformation of Maize Embryos Using a Standard Binary Vector System, Plant Physiology, May 2002, Vol. 129, pp. 13-22); and, Ahmadabadi et al., 2007 (A leaf-based regeneration and transformation system for maize ( Zea mays L.), TransgenicRes. 16, 437-448).
- Transformation of maize plants with a construct containing EG261 can be accomplished with either the cultivated/the wild soybean orthologs included in this patent, or with the maize ortholog of these EG261 genes.
- the transformed maize plants can be tested for nematode/pest resistance as compared to the untransformed, control ‘B73’ or ‘Mo17’ maize plants.
- tolerance/resistance to nematodes see, e.g., Sasser, et al. (1984) Standardization of Host Suitability Studies and Reporting of Resistance to Root-Knot Nematodes, Crop Nematode Research & Control Project (CNRCP), a cooperative publication of The Department of Plant Pathology, North Carolina State University and the United States Agency for International Development, North Carolina State University Graphics, Raleigh, N.C., 10 pages; and, Cook, R. and K. Evans (1987) Resistance and Tolerance, In: Principles and practice of nematode control in plants, R. H. Brown and B. R. Kerry (editors), pg. 179-231.
- the transformed maize plants showing conferred and/or enhanced resistance to one or more races of nematodes can be tested to confirm the presence of EG261 by using one or more of the following procedures: (a) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and amplifying sequences homologous to the EG261 polynucleotide; (b) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and performing a Southern hybridization to detect the EG261 polynucleotide; (c) isolating proteins from said plant and performing a Western Blot using antibodies to a protein encoded by the EG261 polynucleotide; and/or (d) demonstrating the presence of mRNA sequences derived from a EG261 polynucleotide mRNA transcript and unique to the EG261 polynucleotide.
- the transformed maize plants with confirmed tolerance and/or resistance to one or more nematode races can be maintained by self-pollinating the plants, harvesting the resultant seed and growing the resistant plants from such harvested seed.
- a ‘B73’ or ‘Mo17’ corn inbred plant with a conferred copy of the coding sequence for EG261 as obtained in Example 7 can be crossed to a transformed or non-transformed inbred ‘Mo17’ B73′ plant, respectively, and the resultant hybrid F1 progeny can be tested for tolerance/resistance to nematodes.
- the transformed hybrid maize plant can be backcrossed one or more times to its recurrent parent (i.e., either ‘B73’ or ‘Mo17’ as applicable) to produce a near isogenic or isogenic maize inbred with the coding sequence for EG261.
- the gene orthologs from wild, related species can be assayed for their ability to confer resistance. (In this example, corresponding wild plant species can also be tested for their innate ability to resist challenge by one or more parasitic nematodes. Seeds are germinated and seedlings are tested for resistance to one or more parasitic nematodes by any suitable standard testing methods.)
- the species-specific ortholog of EG261 can be analyzed for evidence of positive selection, using proprietary analysis software of Evolutionary Genomics, Inc. Orthologs that appear to have been positively selected can then be assayed for the ability to confer resistance as described for soybean ( G. max ) in Examples 3 and 4.
- RNAi silencing DNA fragment e.g., a hairpin, a double strand, an antisense, an inverted repeat, etc.
- RNAi silencing DNA fragment e.g., a hairpin, a double strand, an antisense, an inverted repeat, etc.
- Hatched J2 nematodes are placed near the tip of each transgenic plant. After a time sufficient for nematode infection, roots are fixed and stained with acid fuchsin and the number and growth stage of all nematodes within or attached to each root is assessed.
- the EG261 orthologs conferring nematode resistance isolated according to the present invention from one plant species can be introduced into a nematode-susceptible plant of the same species in order to create nematode resistance into the plant.
- the EG261 orthologs of the present invention isolated from one plant species can be introduced into a nematode-susceptible plant of different species of the same genus, or a plant species of different genus in order to introduce nematode resistance into the plant.
- a gene encoding any one of the proteins of SEQ ID NOs: 9-15 which were isolated from soybean can be also introduced into other plant species, such as Solanaceae species (e.g., Solanum lycopersicum, Solanum chemielewskii, Solanum habrochaites, Solanum corneliomulleri, Capsicum annuum, Solanum melongena, Solanum tuberosum ), Phaseolus vulgaris, Vigna unguiculata, Coffee arabica, Zea mays , Sorghum spp., Oryza sativa, Triticum spp.
- Solanaceae species e.g., Solanum lycopersicum, Solanum chemielewskii, Solanum habrochaites, Solanum corneliomulleri, Capsicum annuum, Solanum melongena, Solanum tuberosum
- Phaseolus vulgaris Vigna unguiculata,
- Hordeum spp. Gossypium hirsutum , and Heliotropium curassavicum.
- a gene encoding anyone of the proteins of SEQ ID NOs: 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 37, 38, 39, 43, 44, 45, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 64, and 65 can be introduced into other plant species.
- This example shows that a gain-of-SCN-resistance phenotype in a previously SCN-sensitive soybean cultivar was observed when the EG261 ortholog from a wild SCN-resistant soybean species ( Glycine pescadrensis ) was transformed into the SCN-sensitive ‘Williams 82’ soybean cultivar. That is, by using transformation (knock-in) a cultivated SCN-sensitive soybean cultivar becomes SCN resistant. In fact, the level of resistance achieved is roughly equivalent to that of the only known commercially-available SCN-resistant soybean cultivar.
- the results indicate that, by using an EG261 ortholog isolated from a nematode resistant plant to transform a plant that one can achieve SCN suppression, to near zero in some cases, in that plant.
- EG261 orthologs from 2 species were tested.
- the G. pescadrensis EG261 ORF with 5′ and 3′ UTR was PCR amplified from cDNA and ligated into pCR8.
- a NOS terminator was cloned into pSM101-Gmubi to create an over-expression construct with a strong promoter and terminator.
- the G. pescadrensis EG261 ORF was excised from pCR8 (5′ PstI, 3′ BamHI) and ligated into pSM101-Gmubi-NOS.
- Vector pSM101—Gmubi— G. pescadrensis EG261—NOS was verified by sequencing.
- the G. microphylla EG261 ORF with UTR was PCR-amplified from cDNA and ligated into pCR8.
- a NOS terminator was cloned into pSM101-Gmubi to create an over-expression construct with a strong promoter and terminator.
- the G. microphylla EG261 ORF was excised from pCR8 (5′ PstI, 3′ BamHI) and ligated into pSM101-Gmubi-NOS.
- Vector pSM101—Gmubi— G. microphylla EG261—NOS was verified by sequencing. These constructs were transformed into Agrobacterium rhizogenes .
- Cotyledons of SCN-susceptible genotype (‘Williams 82’) and SCN-resistant genotype (‘Fayette’) were germinated and then transformed with Agrobacterium containing these EG261 over-expression constructs. Hairy roots emerged from these cotyledons and GFP positive roots (those expressing the genes of interest as well as an empty control vector) were harvested and subcultured (approximately 10 roots per genotype with each construct). SCN cysts were crushed and eggs hatched to produce infective juveniles (J2). Approximately 220 sterile J2 were placed onto these transgenic hairy roots.
- the second-stage juvenile is the only life stage that soybean cyst nematode can penetrate roots.
- the first-stage juvenile occurs in the egg, and third- and fourth-stages occur in the roots.
- the J2 enters the root moving through the plant cells to the vascular tissue where it feeds.
- the J2 induces cell division in the root to form specialized feeding sites.
- As the nematode feeds, it swells.
- the female swells so much that her posterior end bursts out of the root and she becomes visible to the naked eye.
- the adult male regains a wormlike shape, and he leaves the root in order to find and fertilize the large females.
- the female continues to feed as she lays 200 to 400 eggs in a yellow gelatinous matrix, forming an egg sac which remains inside her. She then dies and her cuticle hardens forming a cyst.
- the eggs may hatch when conditions in the soil are favorable, the larvae developing inside the cyst and the biological cycle repeating itself. There are usually three generations in the year. In the autumn or in unfavorable conditions, the cysts containing dormant larvae may remain intact in the soil for several years.
- root-knot nematode galls will typically develop on the root.
- root-knot nematodes Upon becoming adults, root-knot nematodes will begin to lay eggs (up to several hundred) which are contained in a gelatinous matrix at the posterior end of the body. The egg mass may be within the root or partly or wholly exposed on the root surface while the swollen body of the female remains within the root. Therefore, we count the J2 and J3 numbers to assess the extent of the nematode infestation.
- variety ‘Williams’ was used as a SCN susceptible cultivar and variety ‘Fayette’ was used as a SCN-resistant control.
- Experimental results are provided in table 3 below. The testing methods used herein are described in Melito et al. (BMC Plant Biology, 2010, 10:104, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
- EV refers to ‘empty vector’, i.e., a control plant that has been transformed with a vector construct that lacks the experimental gene but that otherwise consists of the complete vector.
- “OX” refers to ‘over-expression’, i.e., those experimental plants in which the vector contains the experimental EG261 ortholog, and the experimental knock-in gene is actively expressed at high levels.
- “Will” refers to the SCN-sensitive Williams 82 soybean cultivar, while “Fay” refers to the normally SCN-resistant soybean cultivar. “Mic” refers to the EG261 ortholog derived from G. microphylla , while “Pesc” refers to the EG261 ortholog derived from G. pescadrensis .
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Botany (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Breeding Of Plants And Reproduction By Means Of Culturing (AREA)
- Agricultural Chemicals And Associated Chemicals (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides the identification and use of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof for altering, e.g. increasing, pathogen tolerance and/or resistance in plants.
Description
- This application is a Continuation Application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/748,957 filed on Jan. 22, 2020, which itself is a Continuation Application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/800,179 filed on Nov. 1, 2017, which issued as U.S. Pat. No. 10,577,625 on Mar. 3, 2020, which itself is a Continuation Application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/901,071, filed on May 23, 2013, which issued as U.S. Pat. No. 9,834,783 on Dec. 5, 2017, which itself claims the benefit of priority to U.S. provisional application No. 61/789,463 filed on Mar. 15, 2013 and U.S. provisional application No. 61/652,029 filed on May 25, 2012, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
- The contents of the text file submitted electronically herewith are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety: A computer readable format copy of the Sequence Listing (filename: EVOL_004_09US_SeqList_ST25.txt, date recorded: Dec. 28, 2021, file size 83.3 kilobytes).
- The invention relates to the identification and use of nucleic acid sequences for pathogen resistance in plants.
- “Dirigent” refers to genes or proteins which are members of a gene or protein family, respectively, members of which have been identified in many plants. Dirigents have been implicated in resistance to various types of pathogens in a range of different, and sometimes distantly related, plants.
- Dirigent proteins confer a broad response to many pathogens in a number of plants species, including for conifers (Ralph et al., Plant Molecular Biology (2006) 60:21-40); cotton (L. Zhu, X. Zhang, L. Tu, F. Zeng, Y. Nie and X. Guo Journal of Plant Pathology. 2007. 89 (1), 41-45); barley (Ralph et al., Plant Molecular Biology, 2006, 60:21-40_DOI 10.1007/511103-005-2226-y), barley, (Kristensen et al., Plant Physiology, June 1999, Vol. 120, pp. 501-512); orange trees (“Gene expression in Citrus sinensis (L.) Osbeck following infection with the bacterial pathogen Candidatus Liberibacter asiaticus causing Huanglongbing in Florida” Albrecht et al., Plant Science,
Volume 175, Issue 3, September 2008, Pages 291-306); wheat (poster presentation: “Cloning and Transcriptional Profiling of a Dirigent-like Gene from Wheat Responding to Hessian Fy Infestation”, C. Williams, Poster PO910, Plant and Animal Genome 20); and pea (“Transgenic canola lines expressing pea defense gene DRR206 have resistance to aggressive blackleg isolates and to Rhizoctonia solaniI.”, Wang and Fristensky, Molecular Breeding Volume 8, Number 3 (2001), 263-271, DOI: 10.1023/A:1013706400168). Thus, dirigents have been implicated in pathogen response in many plants, and this response has been shown for a number of different pathogens, including but not limited to fungi, bacteria, insects and nematodes. - The identification and use of dirigents is important to plant husbandry and crop production, particularly for commercial crop production in agronomy and horticulture.
- The present invention provides the identification and use of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof for altering, e.g. conferring or increasing, pathogen tolerance and/or resistance in plants. Importantly, such pathogen altered, e.g., increased, tolerance and/or resistance can be obtained using conventional plant breeding methods, whereby such methods optionally also include using any of various biotechnological methods for verifying that the desired EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof are present in the resulting crosses and offspring.
- In embodiments, the present invention provides isolated nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof. The present invention also provides chimeric genes, constructs, recombinant DNA, vectors, plant cells, plant tissues, plant parts, plant tissue cultures and/or whole plants comprising such nucleic acid sequences.
- In one embodiment, the present invention provides polynucleotides for altering and/or increasing pathogen tolerance and/or resistance comprising a nucleic acid sequence that shares at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.1%, at least 99.2%, at least 99.3%, at least 99.4%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.6%, at least 99.7%, at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9% identity to nucleic acids coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- The present invention further provides isolated amino acid sequences (e.g., a peptide, polypeptide and the like) comprising an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- In some embodiments, the present invention provides isolated amino acid sequences which form a protein that shares an amino acid sequence having at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.1%, at least 99.2%, at least 99.3%, at least 99.4%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.6%, at least 99.7%, at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9% identity to an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- In one embodiment, the present invention provides isolated amino acid sequences which form a protein that shares an amino acid having at least 85%, at least 86%, at lest 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.1%, at least 99.2%, at least 99.3%, at least 99.4%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.6%, at least 99.7%, at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9% identity to an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- The present invention also provides a chimeric gene comprising the isolated nucleic acid sequence of any one of the polynucleotides described above operably linked to suitable regulatory sequences.
- The present invention also provides a recombinant construct comprising the chimeric genes as described above.
- The present invention further comprises interfering RNA (RNAi) based on the expression of the nucleic acid sequences of the present invention, wherein such RNAi includes but is not limited to microRNA (miRNA) and small interfering RNA (siRNA) which can be used in gene silencing constructs.
- The present invention also provides transformed host cells comprising the chimeric genes as described above. In one embodiment, said host cells are selected from the group consisting of bacteria, yeasts, filamentous fungi, algae, animals, and plants.
- The present invention in another aspect provides plants comprising in its genome one or more genes as described herein, one or more genes with mutations as described herein, or the chimeric genes as described herein. In some embodiments, the plant is derived from a soybean variety sensitive to soybean cyst nematode (SCN), and wherein the gene comprises nucleic acid sequence encoding an EG261 ortholog derived from G. pescadrensis.
- The present invention in another aspect provides plant seed obtained from the plants described herein, wherein the plants producing such seeds comprise in their genomes one or more genes as described herein, one or more genes with mutations as described herein, or the chimeric genes as described herein.
- In some embodiments, the methods comprise introducing mutations in one or more nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- In one aspect, the present invention provides methods of breeding plants to alter, e.g. confer or increase, pathogen tolerance and/or resistance. In one embodiment, such methods comprise making a cross between a first plant comprising one or more nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations with a second plant of the same or different species to produce an F1 plant; backcrossing the F1 plant to the second plant; and repeating the backcrossing step to generate a near isogenic line, wherein the one or more nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof are integrated into the genome of the second plant; wherein the near isogenic line derived from the second plant has altered, e.g. increased, pathogen tolerance and/or resistance. Optionally, such methods can be facilitated by using various biotechnological methods to verify that the nucleic acid sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof are included in the second plant. In some embodiments, the first plant comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding an EG261 ortholog derived from G. pescadrensis. In some embodiments, the second plant is a soybean variety sensitive to soybean cyst nematode (SCN).
- The present invention provides isolated polynucleotides comprising a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identical nucleotides to a nucleic acid sequence coding for EG261; (b) a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identical nucleotides to a nucleic acid sequence coding for a homolog of EG261; (c) a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identical nucleotides to a nucleic acid sequence coding for an ortholog of EG261; (d) a nucleic acid sequence having at least 95% identical nucleotides to a nucleic acid sequence coding for a paralog of EG261; (e) complements of a nucleic acid sequence of (a), (b), (c) or (d); (0 reverse complements of a nucleic acid sequence of (a), (b), (c) or (d); (g) reverse sequences of a nucleic acid sequence of (a), (b), (c) or (d); and, (h) fragments and variations of a nucleic acid sequence of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g).
- The present invention provides vectors comprising one or more of the polynucleotides described herein.
- The present invention also provides genetic constructs comprising one or more of the isolated polynucleotides described herein.
- The present invention also provides genetic constructs comprising, in the 5′-3′ direction: (a) a promoter sequence, (b) one or more of the isolated polynucleotides described herein; and (c) a gene termination sequence.
- In some embodiments of the present invention the genetic constructs comprise an open reading frame encoding a polypeptide capable of altering pathogen tolerance and/or resistance.
- In some embodiments of the present invention the pathogen tolerance and/or resistance is conferred or enhanced.
- In some embodiments of the present invention the pathogen is soybean cyst nematode.
- The present invention further provides transgenic cells comprising the genetic constructs described herein.
- The present invention also provides organisms comprising the transgenic cells described herein.
- In some embodiments of the present invention the organism is a plant. In some specific embodiments of the present invention the plant is a soybean plant.
- The present invention provides plants and progeny plants thereof having altered pathogen tolerance and/or resistance as a result of inheriting the polynucleotides described herein.
- The present invention provides methods of producing hybrid seed which include crossing the plants and progeny plants described herein with a different plant of the same species, and harvesting the resultant seed.
- The present invention also provides methods for modifying gene expression in a target organism comprising stably incorporating into the genome of the organism a genetic construct described herein. In some such embodiments of the present invention the organism is a plant. In some specific embodiments the plant is a soybean plant.
- The present invention provides methods for producing a plant having altered pathogen tolerance and/or resistance comprising: (a) transforming a plant cell with a genetic construct to provide a transgenic cell, wherein the genetic construct comprises: (i) a promoter sequence; (ii) an isolated polynucleotide sequence of the present invention as described herein; and (iii) a gene termination sequence; and (b) cultivating the transgenic cell under conditions conducive to regeneration and mature plant growth of a plant having altered pathogen tolerance and/or resistance. In some such embodiments the plant cell is a soybean plant cell.
- The present invention also provides methods for modifying a phenotype of a target organism, comprising stably incorporating into the genome of the target organism a genetic construct comprising: (a) a promoter sequence; (b) an isolated polynucleotide sequence of the present invention as described herein; and (c) a gene termination sequence. In some such embodiments the target organism is a plant. In some specific embodiments the plant is a soybean plant.
- The present invention provides processes of determining the presence or absence of a polynucleotide coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof in a plant, wherein the process comprises at least one of: (a) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and amplifying sequences homologous to the polynucleotide; (b) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and performing a Southern hybridization to detect the polynucleotide; (c) isolating proteins from said plant and performing a Western Blot using antibodies to a protein encoded by the polynucleotide; and/or (d) demonstrating the presence of mRNA sequences derived from a polynucleotide mRNA transcript and unique to the polynucleotide.
- The present invention provides methods of breeding plants to produce altered pathogen tolerance and/or resistance comprising: i) making a cross between a first plant with an isolated polynucleotide sequence of claim 1 with a second plant to produce a F1 plant; ii) backcrossing the F1 plant to the second plant; and iii) repeating the backcrossing step to generate a near isogenic or isogenic line, wherein the isolated polynucleotide sequence of claim 1 is integrated into the genome of the second plant and the near isogenic or isogenic line derived from the second plant with the isolated polynucleotide sequence has conferred or enhanced pathogen tolerance and/or resistance compared to that of the second plant without the isolated polynucleotide sequence. In some such embodiments of the present invention the plant is soybean. In some such embodiments of the present invention the pathogen is soybean cyst nematode. In some embodiments, the first plant comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding an EG261 ortholog derived from G. pescadrensis. In some embodiments, the second plant is a soybean variety sensitive to soybean cyst nematode (SCN).
- The present invention provides methods of producing a plant with conferred or enhanced pathogen tolerance and/or resistance, the process comprising: (a) crossing a first plant containing a polynucleotide coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof to a second plant, and harvesting the resultant seed; (b) determining the presence of the polynucleotide in the resultant seed or in cells or tissues of a plant grown from the resultant seed; wherein the determining comprises at least one of: (i) isolating nucleic acid molecules from the resultant seed or in cells or tissues of a plant grown from the resultant seed and amplifying sequences homologous to the polynucleotide; (ii) isolating nucleic acid molecules from the resultant seed or in cells or tissues of a plant grown from the resultant seed and performing a Southern hybridization to detect the polynucleotide; (iii) isolating proteins from the resultant seed or in cells or tissues of a plant grown from the resultant seed and performing a Western Blot using antibodies to a protein encoded by the polynucleotide; and/or (iv) demonstrating the presence in the resultant seed or in cells or tissues of a plant grown from the resultant seed of mRNA sequences derived from a polynucleotide mRNA transcript and unique to the polynucleotide. In some such embodiments the method further comprises confirming that the resultant seed or the cells or tissues of the plant grown from the resultant seed contain the polynucleotide. In some such embodiments the methods further comprise using the resultant plant containing the polynucleotide in a plant breeding scheme. In some embodiments the methods further comprise crossing the resultant plant containing the polynucleotide with another plant of the same species. In some embodiments, the first plant comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding an EG261 ortholog derived from G. pescadrensis. In some embodiments, the second plant is a soybean variety sensitive to soybean cyst nematode (SCN).
- The EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof of the present invention provide broad pathogen resistance in many, distantly related plant species. For example, orthologs of EG261 may be effective in a number of commercially important crop species, including, e.g., soybeans and cotton.
-
FIG. 1 depicts results showing that silencing of EG261 reduces the SCN resistance of “Fayette”, a SCN-resistant variety of soybean. -
FIG. 2 depicts sequence alignments of dirigent proteins encoded by the dirigent genes ofSEQ ID NOs 9 to 15. -
FIG. 3 depicts sequence alignments of dirigent proteins encoded by the dirigent genes of Solanaceae family plant species. -
FIG. 4 depicts sequence alignments of dirigent proteins encoded by the dirigent genes of monocot plant species. - The term “a” or “an” refers to one or more of that entity; for example, “a gene” refers to one or more genes or at least one gene. As such, the terms “a” (or “an”), “one or more” and “at least one” are used interchangeably herein. In addition, reference to “an element” by the indefinite article “a” or “an” does not exclude the possibility that more than one of the elements is present, unless the context clearly requires that there is one and only one of the elements.
- As used herein, the verb “comprise” as is used in this description and in the claims and its conjugations are used in its non-limiting sense to mean that items following the word are included, but items not specifically mentioned are not excluded.
- As used herein, the term “plant” refers to any living organism belonging to the kingdom Plantae (i.e., any genus/species in the Plant Kingdom), including but not limited to, Glycine spp. (e.g., soybean), Solanaceae species (e.g., Solanum lycopersicum, Solanum chmielewskii, Solanum habrochaites, Solanum corneliomulleri, Capsicum annuum, Solanum melongena, Solanum tuberosum), Phaseolus vulgaris, Vigna unguiculata, Coffee arabica, Zea mays, Sorghum spp., Oryza sativa, Triticum spp. Hordeum spp., Gossypium hirsutum, and Heliotropium curassavicum.
- As used herein, the term “plant part” refers to any part of a plant including but not limited to the shoot, root, stem, seeds, fruits, stipules, leaves, petals, flowers, ovules, bracts, branches, petioles, internodes, bark, pubescence, tillers, rhizomes, fronds, blades, pollen, stamen, rootstock, scion and the like. The two main parts of plants grown in some sort of media, such as soil, are often referred to as the “above-ground” part, also often referred to as the “shoots”, and the “below-ground” part, also often referred to as the “roots”.
- As used herein when discussing plants, the term “ovule” refers to the female gametophyte, whereas the term “pollen” means the male gametophyte.
- As used herein, the term “plant tissue” refers to any part of a plant. Examples of plant organs include, but are not limited to the leaf, stem, root, tuber, seed, branch, pubescence, nodule, leaf axil, flower, pollen, stamen, pistil, petal, peduncle, stalk, stigma, style, bract, fruit, trunk, carpel, sepal, anther, ovule, pedicel, needle, cone, rhizome, stolon, shoot, pericarp, endosperm, placenta, berry, stamen, and leaf sheath.
- As used herein, the term “phenotype” refers to the observable characters of an individual cell, cell culture, organism (e.g., a plant), or group of organisms which results from the interaction between that individual's genetic makeup (i.e., genotype) and the environment.
- As used herein, the term “nucleic acid” refers to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides, or analogs thereof. This term refers to the primary structure of the molecule, and thus includes double- and single-stranded DNA, as well as double- and single-stranded RNA. It also includes modified nucleic acids such as methylated and/or capped nucleic acids, nucleic acids containing modified bases, backbone modifications, and the like. The terms “nucleic acid” and “nucleotide sequence” are used interchangeably.
- As used herein, the term “nucleotide change” or “nucleotide modification” refers to, e.g., nucleotide substitution, deletion, and/or insertion, as is well understood in the art. For example, such nucleotide changes/modifications include mutations containing alterations that produce silent substitutions, additions, or deletions, but do not alter the properties or activities of the encoded protein or how the proteins are made. As another example, such nucleotide changes/modifications include mutations containing alterations that produce replacement substitutions, additions, or deletions, that alter the properties or activities of the encoded protein or how the proteins are made.
- As used herein, the terms “polypeptide,” “peptide,” and “protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to polymers of amino acids of any length. These terms also include proteins that are post-translationally modified through reactions that include glycosylation, acetylation and phosphorylation.
- As used herein, the term “protein modification” refers to, e.g., amino acid substitution, amino acid modification, deletion, and/or insertion, as is well understood in the art.
- As used herein, the term “derived from” refers to the origin or source, and may include naturally occurring, recombinant, unpurified, or purified molecules. A nucleic acid or an amino acid derived from an origin or source may have all kinds of nucleotide changes or protein modification as defined elsewhere herein.
- As used herein, the term “pathogen” refers to an agent that causes disease, especially a living microorganism such as an insect, a bacterium, virus, nematode or fungus.
- As used herein, the term “nematode” refers to any of several worms of the phylum Nematoda, having unsegmented, cylindrical bodies, often narrowing at each end, and including parasitic forms such as the hookworm and pinworm. They are referred to as “roundworms” in some contexts. Nematode species are very difficult to distinguish, with over 28,000 having been described. Plant-parasitic nematodes include several groups causing severe crop losses. The most common genera are Aphelenchoides (foliar nematodes), Ditylenchus, Globodera (potato cyst nematodes), Heterodera (soybean cyst nematodes), Longidorus, Meloidogyne (root-knot nematodes), Nacobbus, Pratylenchus (lesion nematodes), Trichodorus and Xiphinema (dagger nematodes). Several phytoparasitic nematode species cause histological damages to roots, including the formation of visible galls (e.g. by root-knot nematodes), which are useful characters for their diagnostic in the field. Some nematode species transmit plant viruses through their feeding activity on roots. One of them is Xiphinema index, vector of grapevine fanleaf virus), an important disease of grapes. Other nematodes attacks bark and forest trees. The most important representative of this group is Bursaphelenchus xylophilus, the pine wood nematode, present in Asia and America and recently discovered in Europe.
- As used herein, the phrase “soybean cyst nematode” and the term “SCN” each refer to Heterodera glycines, a plant-parasitic nematode and a devastating pest of the soybean including Glycine max, worldwide. The nematode infects the roots of soybean, and the female nematode eventually becomes a cyst. Infection causes various symptoms that may include chlorosis of the leaves and stems, root necrosis, loss in seed yield and suppression of root and shoot growth. SCN has threatened the U.S. crop since the 1950s, reducing returns to soybean producers by $500 million each year and reducing yields by as much as 75 percent. It is also a significant problem in the soybean growing areas of the world, including South America and Asia.
- As used herein, the term “resistant”, or “resistance”, describes a plant, line or cultivar that shows fewer or reduced symptoms to a biotic pest or pathogen than a susceptible (or more susceptible) plant, line or variety to that biotic pest or pathogen. These terms are variously applied to describe plants that show no symptoms as well as plants showing some symptoms but that are still able to produce marketable product with an acceptable yield. Some lines that are referred to as resistant are only so in the sense that they may still produce a crop, even though the plants may appear visually stunted and the yield is reduced compared to uninfected plants. As defined by the International Seed Federation (ISF), a non-governmental, non-profit organization representing the seed industry (see “Definition of the Terms Describing the Reaction of Plants to Pests or Pathogens and to Abiotic Stresses for the Vegetable Seed Industry”, May 2005), the recognition of whether a plant is affected by or subject to a pest or pathogen can depend on the analytical method employed. Resistance is defined by the ISF as the ability of plant types to restrict the growth and development of a specified pest or pathogen and/or the damage they cause when compared to susceptible plant varieties under similar environmental conditions and pest or pathogen pressure. Resistant plant types may still exhibit some disease symptoms or damage. Two levels of resistance are defined. The term “high/standard resistance” is used for plant varieties that highly restrict the growth and development of the specified pest or pathogen under normal pest or pathogen pressure when compared to susceptible varieties. “Moderate/intermediate resistance” is applied to plant types that restrict the growth and development of the specified pest or pathogen, but exhibit a greater range of symptoms or damage compared to plant types with high resistance. Plant types with intermediate resistance will show less severe symptoms than susceptible plant varieties, when grown under similar field conditions and pathogen pressure. Methods of evaluating resistance are well known to one skilled in the art. Such evaluation may be performed by visual observation of a plant or a plant part (e.g., leaves, roots, flowers, fruits et. al) in determining the severity of symptoms. For example, when each plant is given a resistance score on a scale of 1 to 5 based on the severity of the reaction or symptoms, with 1 being the resistance score applied to the most resistant plants (e.g., no symptoms, or with the least symptoms), and 5 the score applied to the plants with the most severe symptoms, then a line is rated as being resistant when at least 75% of the plants have a resistance score at a 1, 2, or 3 level, while susceptible lines are those having more than 25% of the plants scoring at a 4 or 5 level. If a more detailed visual evaluation is possible, then one can use a scale from 1 to 10 so as to broaden out the range of scores and thereby hopefully provide a greater scoring spread among the plants being evaluated.
- Another scoring system is a root inoculation test based on the development of the necrosis after inoculation and its position towards the cotyledon (such as one derived from Bosland et al., 1991), wherein 0 stands for no symptom after infection; 1 stands for a small necrosis at the hypocotyl after infection; 2 stands a necrosis under the cotyledons after infection; 3 stands for necrosis above the cotyledons after infection; 4 stands for a necrosis above the cotyledons together with a wilt of the plant after infection, while eventually, 5 stands for a dead plant.
- In addition to such visual evaluations, disease evaluations can be performed by determining the pathogen bio-density in a plant or plant part using electron microscopy and/or through molecular biological methods, such as protein hybridization (e.g., ELISA, measuring pathogen protein density) and/or nucleic acid hybridization (e.g., RT-PCR, measuring pathogen RNA density). Depending on the particular pathogen/plant combination, a plant may be determined resistant to the pathogen, for example, if it has a pathogen RNA/DNA and/or protein density that is about 50%, or about 40%, or about 30%, or about 20%, or about 10%, or about 5%, or about 2%, or about 1%, or about 0.1%, or about 0.01%, or about 0.001%, or about 0.0001% of the RNA/DNA and/or protein density in a susceptible plant.
- Methods used in breeding plants for disease resistance are similar to those used in breeding for other characters. It is necessary to know as much as possible about the nature of inheritance of the resistant characters in the host plant and the existence of physiological races or strains of the pathogen.
- As used herein, the term “full resistance” is referred to as complete failure of the pathogen to develop after infection, and may either be the result of failure of the pathogen to enter the cell (no initial infection) or may be the result of failure of the pathogen to multiply in the cell and infect subsequent cells (no subliminal infection, no spread). The presence of full resistance may be determined by establishing the absence of pathogen protein or pathogen RNA in cells of the plant, as well as the absence of any disease symptoms in said plant, upon exposure of said plant to an infective dosage of pathogen (i.e. after ‘infection’). Among breeders, this phenotype is often referred to as “immune”. “Immunity” as used herein thus refers to a form of resistance characterized by absence of pathogen replication even when the pathogen is actively transferred into cells by e.g. electroporation.
- As used herein, the term “partial resistance” is referred to as reduced multiplication of the pathogen in the cell, as reduced (systemic) movement of the pathogen, and/or as reduced symptom development after infection. The presence of partial resistance may be determined by establishing the systemic presence of low concentration of pathogen protein or pathogen RNA in the plant and the presence of decreased or delayed disease-symptoms in said plant upon exposure of said plant to an infective dosage of pathogen. Protein concentration may be determined by using a quantitative detection method (e.g. an ELISA method or a quantitative reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR)). Among breeders, this phenotype is often referred to as “intermediate resistant.”
- As used herein, the term “tolerant” is used herein to indicate a phenotype of a plant wherein disease-symptoms remain absent upon exposure of said plant to an infective dosage of pathogen, whereby the presence of a systemic or local pathogen infection, pathogen multiplication, at least the presence of pathogen genomic sequences in cells of said plant and/or genomic integration thereof can be established. Tolerant plants are therefore resistant for symptom expression but symptomless carriers of the pathogen. Sometimes, pathogen sequences may be present or even multiply in plants without causing disease symptoms. This phenomenon is also known as “latent infection”. In latent infections, the pathogen may exist in a truly latent non-infectious occult form, possibly as an integrated genome or an episomal agent (so that pathogen protein cannot be found in the cytoplasm, while PCR protocols may indicate the present of pathogen nucleic acid sequences) or as an infectious and continuously replicating agent. A reactivated pathogen may spread and initiate an epidemic among susceptible contacts. The presence of a “latent infection” is indistinguishable from the presence of a “tolerant” phenotype in a plant.
- As used herein, the term “susceptible” is used herein to refer to a plant having no or virtually no resistance to the pathogen resulting in entry of the pathogen into the plant and multiplication and systemic spread of the pathogen, resulting in disease symptoms. The term “susceptible” is therefore equivalent to “non-resistant”.
- As used herein, the term “offspring” refers to any plant resulting as progeny from a vegetative or sexual reproduction from one or more parent plants or descendants thereof. For instance an offspring plant may be obtained by cloning or selfing of a parent plant or by crossing two parents plants and include selfings as well as the F1 or F2 or still further generations. An F1 is a first-generation offspring produced from parents at least one of which is used for the first time as donor of a trait, while offspring of second generation (F2) or subsequent generations (F3, F4, etc.) are specimens produced from selfings of F1's, F2's etc. An F1 may thus be (and usually is) a hybrid resulting from a cross between two true breeding parents (true-breeding is homozygous for a trait), while an F2 may be (and usually is) an offspring resulting from self-pollination of said F1 hybrids.
- As used herein, the term “cross”, “crossing”, “cross pollination” or “cross-breeding” refer to the process by which the pollen of one flower on one plant is applied (artificially or naturally) to the ovule (stigma) of a flower on another plant.
- As used herein, the term “cultivar” refers to a variety, strain or race of plant that has been produced by horticultural or agronomic techniques and is not normally found in wild populations.
- As used herein, the terms “dicotyledon,” “dicot” and “dicotyledonous” refer to a flowering plant having an embryo containing two seed halves or cotyledons. Examples include tobacco; tomato; the legumes, including peas, alfalfa, clover and soybeans; oaks; maples; roses; mints; squashes; daisies; walnuts; cacti; violets and buttercups.
- As used herein, the term “monocotyledon,” “monocot” or “monocotyledonous” refer to any of a subclass (Monocotyledoneae) of flowering plants having an embryo containing only one seed leaf and usually having parallel-veined leaves, flower parts in multiples of three, and no secondary growth in stems and roots. Examples include lilies; orchids; rice; corn, grasses, such as tall fescue, goat grass, and Kentucky bluegrass; grains, such as wheat, oats and barley; irises; onions and palms.
- As used herein, the term “gene” refers to any segment of DNA associated with a biological function. Thus, genes include, but are not limited to, coding sequences and/or the regulatory sequences required for their expression. Genes can also include nonexpressed DNA segments that, for example, form recognition sequences for other proteins. Genes can be obtained from a variety of sources, including cloning from a source of interest or synthesizing from known or predicted sequence information, and may include sequences designed to have desired parameters.
- As used herein, the term “genotype” refers to the genetic makeup of an individual cell, cell culture, tissue, organism (e.g., a plant), or group of organisms.
- As used herein, the term “allele(s)” means any of one or more alternative forms of a gene, all of which alleles relate to at least one trait or characteristic. In a diploid cell, the two alleles of a given gene occupy corresponding loci on a pair of homologous chromosomes. Since the present invention relates to QTLs, i.e. genomic regions that may comprise one or more genes or regulatory sequences, it is in some instances more accurate to refer to “haplotype” (i.e. an allele of a chromosomal segment) instead of “allele”, however, in those instances, the term “allele” should be understood to comprise the term “haplotype”. Alleles are considered identical when they express a similar phenotype. Differences in sequence are possible but not important as long as they do not influence phenotype.
- As used herein, the term “locus” (plural: “loci”) refers to any site that has been defined genetically. A locus may be a gene, or part of a gene, or a DNA sequence that has some regulatory role, and may be occupied by different sequences.
- As used herein, the term “molecular marker” or “genetic marker” refers to an indicator that is used in methods for visualizing differences in characteristics of nucleic acid sequences. Examples of such indicators are restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) markers, amplified fragment length polymorphism (AFLP) markers, single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), insertion mutations, microsatellite markers (SSRs), sequence-characterized amplified regions (SCARs), cleaved amplified polymorphic sequence (CAPS) markers or isozyme markers or combinations of the markers described herein which defines a specific genetic and chromosomal location. Mapping of molecular markers in the vicinity of an allele is a procedure which can be performed quite easily by the average person skilled in molecular-biological techniques which techniques are for instance described in Lefebvre and Chevre, 1995; Lorez and Wenzel, 2007, Srivastava and Narula, 2004, Meksem and Kahl, 2005, Phillips and Vasil, 2001. General information concerning AFLP technology can be found in Vos et al. (1995, AFLP: a new technique for DNA fingerprinting, Nucleic Acids Res. 1995 Nov. 11; 23(21): 4407-4414).
- As used herein, the term “hemizygous” refers to a cell, tissue or organism in which a gene is present only once in a genotype, as a gene in a haploid cell or organism, a sex-linked gene in the heterogametic sex, or a gene in a segment of chromosome in a diploid cell or organism where its partner segment has been deleted.
- As used herein, the term “heterozygote” refers to a diploid or polyploid individual cell or plant having different alleles (forms of a given gene) present at least at one locus.
- As used herein, the term “heterozygous” refers to the presence of different alleles (forms of a given gene) at a particular gene locus.
- As used herein, the term “homozygote” refers to an individual cell or plant having the same alleles at one or more loci.
- As used herein, the term “homozygous” refers to the presence of identical alleles at one or more loci in homologous chromosomal segments.
- As used herein, the term “homologous” or “homolog” is known in the art and refers to related sequences that share a common ancestor or family member and are determined based on the degree of sequence identity. The terms “homology”, “homologous”, “substantially similar” and “corresponding substantially” are used interchangeably herein. Homologs usually control, mediate, or influence the same or similar biochemical pathways, yet particular homologs may give rise to differing phenotypes. It is therefore understood, as those skilled in the art will appreciate, that the invention encompasses more than the specific exemplary sequences. These terms describe the relationship between a gene found in one species, subspecies, variety, cultivar or strain and the corresponding or equivalent gene in another species, subspecies, variety, cultivar or strain. For purposes of this invention homologous sequences are compared.
- The term “homolog” is sometimes used to apply to the relationship between genes separated by the event of speciation (see “ortholog”) or to the relationship between genes separated by the event of genetic duplication (see “paralog”).
- The term “ortholog” refers to genes in different species that evolved from a common ancestral gene by speciation. Normally, orthologs retain the same function in the course of evolution. Identification of orthologs is critical for reliable prediction of gene function in newly sequenced genomes.
- The term “paralog” refers to genes related by duplication within a genome. While orthologs generally retain the same function in the course of evolution, paralogs can evolve new functions, even if these are related to the original one.
- “Homologous sequences” or “homologs” or “orthologs” are thought, believed, or known to be functionally related. A functional relationship may be indicated in any one of a number of ways, including, but not limited to: (a) degree of sequence identity and/or (b) the same or similar biological function. Preferably, both (a) and (b) are indicated. The degree of sequence identity may vary, but in one embodiment, is at least 50% (when using standard sequence alignment programs known in the art), at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%, at least about 93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least 98.5%, or at least about 99%, or at least 99.5%, or at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9%. Homology can be determined using software programs readily available in the art, such as those discussed in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F. M. Ausubel et al., eds., 1987)
Supplement 30, section 7.718, Table 7.71. Some alignment programs are MacVector (Oxford Molecular Ltd, Oxford, U.K.) and ALIGN Plus (Scientific and Educational Software, Pennsylvania). Other non-limiting alignment programs include Sequencher (Gene Codes, Ann Arbor, Mich.), AlignX, and Vector NTI (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). - As used herein, the term “hybrid” refers to any individual cell, tissue or plant resulting from a cross between parents that differ in one or more genes.
- As used herein, the term “inbred” or “inbred line” refers to a relatively true-breeding strain.
- The term “single allele converted plant” as used herein refers to those plants which are developed by a plant breeding technique called backcrossing wherein essentially all of the desired morphological and physiological characteristics of an inbred are recovered in addition to the single allele transferred into the inbred via the backcrossing technique.
- As used herein, the term “line” is used broadly to include, but is not limited to, a group of plants vegetatively propagated from a single parent plant, via tissue culture techniques or a group of inbred plants which are genetically very similar due to descent from a common parent(s). A plant is said to “belong” to a particular line if it (a) is a primary transformant (TO) plant regenerated from material of that line; (b) has a pedigree comprised of a TO plant of that line; or (c) is genetically very similar due to common ancestry (e.g., via inbreeding or selfing). In this context, the term “pedigree” denotes the lineage of a plant, e.g. in terms of the sexual crosses affected such that a gene or a combination of genes, in heterozygous (hemizygous) or homozygous condition, imparts a desired trait to the plant.
- As used herein, the terms “introgression”, “introgressed” and “introgressing” refer to the process whereby genes of one species, variety or cultivar are moved into the genome of another species, variety or cultivar, by crossing those species. The crossing may be natural or artificial. The process may optionally be completed by backcrossing to the recurrent parent, in which case introgression refers to infiltration of the genes of one species into the gene pool of another through repeated backcrossing of an interspecific hybrid with one of its parents. An introgression may also be described as a heterologous genetic material stably integrated in the genome of a recipient plant.
- As used herein, the term “population” means a genetically homogeneous or heterogeneous collection of plants sharing a common genetic derivation.
- As used herein, the term “variety” or “cultivar” means a group of similar plants that by structural features and performance can be identified from other varieties within the same species. The term “variety” as used herein has identical meaning to the corresponding definition in the International Convention for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants (UPOV treaty), of Dec. 2, 1961, as Revised at Geneva on Nov. 10, 1972, on Oct. 23, 1978, and on Mar. 19, 1991. Thus, “variety” means a plant grouping within a single botanical taxon of the lowest known rank, which grouping, irrespective of whether the conditions for the grant of a breeder's right are fully met, can be i) defined by the expression of the characteristics resulting from a given genotype or combination of genotypes, ii) distinguished from any other plant grouping by the expression of at least one of the said characteristics and iii) considered as a unit with regard to its suitability for being propagated unchanged.
- As used herein, the term “mass selection” refers to a form of selection in which individual plants are selected and the next generation propagated from the aggregate of their seeds. More details of mass selection are described herein in the specification.
- As used herein, the term “open pollination” refers to a plant population that is freely exposed to some gene flow, as opposed to a closed one in which there is an effective barrier to gene flow.
- As used herein, the terms “open-pollinated population” or “open-pollinated variety” refer to plants normally capable of at least some cross-fertilization, selected to a standard, that may show variation but that also have one or more genotypic or phenotypic characteristics by which the population or the variety can be differentiated from others. A hybrid, which has no barriers to cross-pollination, is an open-pollinated population or an open-pollinated variety.
- As used herein, the term “self-crossing”, “self pollinated” or “self-pollination” means the pollen of one flower on one plant is applied (artificially or naturally) to the ovule (stigma) of the same or a different flower on the same plant.
- As used herein, the term “cross”, “crossing”, “cross pollination” or “cross-breeding” refer to the process by which the pollen of one flower on one plant is applied (artificially or naturally) to the ovule (stigma) of a flower on another plant.
- As used herein, the term “derived from” refers to the origin or source, and may include naturally occurring, recombinant, unpurified, or purified molecules. A nucleic acid or an amino acid derived from an origin or source may have all kinds of nucleotide changes or protein modification as defined elsewhere herein.
- As used herein, the term “at least a portion” of a nucleic acid or polypeptide means a portion having the minimal size characteristics of such sequences, or any larger fragment of the full length molecule, up to and including the full length molecule. For example, a portion of a nucleic acid may be 12 nucleotides, 13 nucleotides, 14 nucleotides, 15 nucleotides, 16 nucleotides, 17 nucleotides, 18 nucleotides, 19 nucleotides, 20 nucleotides, 22 nucleotides, 24 nucleotides, 26 nucleotides, 28 nucleotides, 30 nucleotides, 32 nucleotides, 34 nucleotides, 36 nucleotides, 38 nucleotides, 40 nucleotides, 45 nucleotides, 50 nucleotides, 55 nucleotides, and so on, going up to the full length nucleic acid. Similarly, a portion of a polypeptide may be 4 amino acids, 5 amino acids, 6 amino acids, 7 amino acids, and so on, going up to the full length polypeptide. The length of the portion to be used will depend on the particular application. A portion of a nucleic acid useful as hybridization probe may be as short as 12 nucleotides; in one embodiment, it is 20 nucleotides. A portion of a polypeptide useful as an epitope may be as short as 4 amino acids. A portion of a polypeptide that performs the function of the full-length polypeptide would generally be longer than 4 amino acids.
- As used herein, “sequence identity” or “identity” in the context of two nucleic acid or polypeptide sequences includes reference to the residues in the two sequences which are the same when aligned for maximum correspondence over a specified comparison window. When percentage of sequence identity is used in reference to proteins it is recognized that residue positions which are not identical often differ by conservative amino acid substitutions, where amino acid residues are substituted for other amino acid residues with similar chemical properties (e.g., charge or hydrophobicity) and therefore do not change the functional properties of the molecule. Where sequences differ in conservative substitutions, the percent sequence identity may be adjusted upwards to correct for the conservative nature of the substitution. Sequences which differ by such conservative substitutions are said to have “sequence similarity” or “similarity.” Means for making this adjustment are well-known to those of skill in the art. Typically this involves scoring a conservative substitution as a partial rather than a full mismatch, thereby increasing the percentage sequence identity. Thus, for example, where an identical amino acid is given a score of 1 and a non-conservative substitution is given a score of zero, a conservative substitution is given a score between zero and 1. The scoring of conservative substitutions is calculated, e.g., according to the algorithm of Meyers and Miller, Computer Applic. Biol. Sci., 4:11-17 (1988).
- As used herein, the term “suppression” or “disruption” of regulation refers to reduced activity of regulatory proteins, and such reduced activity can be achieved by a variety of mechanisms including antisense, mutation knockout or RNAi. Antisense RNA will reduce the level of expressed protein resulting in reduced protein activity as compared to wild type activity levels. A mutation in the gene encoding a protein may reduce the level of expressed protein and/or interfere with the function of expressed protein to cause reduced protein activity.
- As used herein, the terms “polynucleotide”, “polynucleotide sequence”, “nucleic acid sequence”, “nucleic acid fragment”, and “isolated nucleic acid fragment” are used interchangeably herein. These terms encompass nucleotide sequences and the like. A polynucleotide may be a polymer of RNA or DNA that is single- or double-stranded, that optionally contains synthetic, non-natural or altered nucleotide bases. A polynucleotide in the form of a polymer of DNA may be comprised of one or more segments of cDNA, genomic DNA, synthetic DNA, or mixtures thereof. Nucleotides (usually found in their 5′-monophosphate form) are referred to by a single letter designation as follows: “A” for adenylate or deoxyadenylate (for RNA or DNA, respectively), “C” for cytidylate or deoxycytidylate, “G” for guanylate or deoxyguanylate, “U” for uridylate, “T” for deoxythymidylate, “R” for purines (A or G), “Y” for pyrimidines (C or T), “K” for G or T, “H” for A or C or T, “I” for inosine, and “N” for any nucleotide.
- As used herein, “coding sequence” refers to a DNA sequence that codes for a specific amino acid sequence. “Regulatory sequences” refer to nucleotide sequences located upstream (5′ non-coding sequences), within, or downstream (3′ non-coding sequences) of a coding sequence, and which influence the transcription, RNA processing or stability, or translation of the associated coding sequence.
- As used herein, “regulatory sequences” may include, but are not limited to, promoters, translation leader sequences, introns, and polyadenylation recognition sequences.
- As used herein, “promoter” refers to a DNA sequence capable of controlling the expression of a coding sequence or functional RNA. The promoter sequence consists of proximal and more distal upstream elements, the latter elements often referred to as enhancers. Accordingly, an “enhancer” is a DNA sequence that can stimulate promoter activity, and may be an innate element of the promoter or a heterologous element inserted to enhance the level or tissue-specificity of a promoter. Promoters may be derived in their entirety from a native gene, or be composed of different elements derived from different promoters found in nature, or even comprise synthetic DNA segments. It is understood by those skilled in the art that different promoters may direct the expression of a gene in different tissues or cell types, or at different stages of development, or in response to different environmental conditions. It is further recognized that since in most cases the exact boundaries of regulatory sequences have not been completely defined, DNA fragments of some variation may have identical promoter activity. Promoters that cause a gene to be expressed in most cell types at most times are commonly referred to as “constitutive promoters”.
- As used herein, the “3′ non-coding sequences” or “3′ UTR (untranslated region) sequence” refer to DNA sequences located downstream of a coding sequence and include polyadenylation recognition sequences and other sequences encoding regulatory signals capable of affecting mRNA processing or gene expression. The polyadenylation signal is usually characterized by affecting the addition of polyadenylic acid tracts to the 3′ end of the mRNA precursor. The use of different 3′ non-coding sequences is exemplified by Ingelbrecht, I. L., et al. (1989) Plant Cell 1:671-680.
- As used herein, the term “operably linked” refers to the association of nucleic acid sequences on a single nucleic acid fragment so that the function of one is regulated by the other. For example, a promoter is operably linked with a coding sequence when it is capable of regulating the expression of that coding sequence (i.e., that the coding sequence is under the transcriptional control of the promoter). Coding sequences can be operably linked to regulatory sequences in a sense or antisense orientation. In another example, the complementary RNA regions of the invention can be operably linked, either directly or indirectly, 5′ to the target mRNA, or 3′ to the target mRNA, or within the target mRNA, or a first complementary region is 5′ and its complement is 3′ to the target mRNA.
- As used herein, the term “vector”, “plasmid”, or “construct” refers broadly to any plasmid or virus encoding an exogenous nucleic acid. The term should also be construed to include non-plasmid and non-viral compounds which facilitate transfer of nucleic acid into virions or cells, such as, for example, polylysine compounds and the like. The vector may be a viral vector that is suitable as a delivery vehicle for delivery of the nucleic acid, or mutant thereof, to a cell, or the vector may be a non-viral vector which is suitable for the same purpose. Examples of viral and non-viral vectors for delivery of DNA to cells and tissues are well known in the art and are described, for example, in Ma et al. (1997, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 94:12744-12746). Examples of viral vectors include, but are not limited to, recombinant plant viruses. Non-limiting examples of plant viruses include, TMV-mediated (transient) transfection into tobacco (Tuipe, T-H et al (1993), J. Virology Meth, 42: 227-239), ssDNA genomes viruses (e.g., family Geminiviridae), reverse transcribing viruses (e.g., families Caulimoviridae, Pseudoviridae, and Metaviridae), dsNRA viruses (e.g., families Reoviridae and Partitiviridae), (−) ssRNA viruses (e.g., families Rhabdoviridae and Bunyaviridae), (+) ssRNA viruses (e.g., families Bromoviridae, Closteroviridae, Comoviridae, Luteoviridae, Potyviridae, Sequiviridae and Tombusviridae) and viroids (e.g., families Pospiviroldae and Avsunviroidae). Detailed classification information of plant viruses can be found in Fauquet et al (2008, “Geminivirus strain demarcation and nomenclature”. Archives of Virology 153:783-821, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), and Khan et al. (Plant viruses as molecular pathogens; Publisher Routledge, 2002, ISBN 1560228954, 9781560228950). Examples of non-viral vectors include, but are not limited to, liposomes, polyamine derivatives of DNA, and the like.
- The present invention provides an isolated nucleic acid sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof. In one embodiment, the present invention provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding the dirigent protein produced by the nucleic acid sequence for EG261, comprising a nucleic acid sequence that shares at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.1%, at least 99.2%, at least 99.3%, at least 99.4%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.6%, at least 99.7%, at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9% identity to EG261.
- Methods of alignment of sequences for comparison are well known in the art. Various programs and alignment algorithms are described in: Smith and Waterman (Adv. Appl. Math., 2:482, 1981); Needleman and Wunsch (J. Mol. Biol., 48:443, 1970); Pearson and Lipman (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 85:2444, 1988); Higgins and Sharp (Gene, 73:237-44, 1988); Higgins and Sharp (CABIOS, 5:151-53, 1989); Corpet et al. (Nuc. Acids Res., 16:10881-90, 1988); Huang et al. (Comp. Appls Biosci., 8:155-65, 1992); and Pearson et al. (Meth. Mol. Biol., 24:307-31, 1994). Altschul et al. (Nature Genet., 6:119-29, 1994) presents a detailed consideration of sequence alignment methods and homology calculations.
- The present invention also provides a chimeric gene comprising the isolated nucleic acid sequence of any one of the polynucleotides described above operably linked to suitable regulatory sequences.
- The present invention also provides a recombinant construct comprising the chimeric gene as described above. In one embodiment, said recombinant construct is a gene silencing construct, such as used in RNAi gene silencing.
- The expression vectors of the present invention will preferably include at least one selectable marker. Such markers include dihydrofolate reductase, G418 or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture and tetracycline, kanamycin or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria.
- The present invention also provides a transformed host cell comprising the chimeric gene as described above. In one embodiment, said host cell is selected from the group consisting of bacteria, yeasts, filamentous fungi, algae, animals, and plants.
- These sequences allow the design of gene-specific primers and probes for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- The term “primer” as used herein refers to an oligonucleotide which is capable of annealing to the amplification target allowing a DNA polymerase to attach, thereby serving as a point of initiation of DNA synthesis when placed under conditions in which synthesis of primer extension product is induced, i.e., in the presence of nucleotides and an agent for polymerization such as DNA polymerase and at a suitable temperature and pH. The (amplification) primer is preferably single stranded for maximum efficiency in amplification. Preferably, the primer is an oligodeoxyribonucleotide. The primer must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of extension products in the presence of the agent for polymerization. The exact lengths of the primers will depend on many factors, including temperature and composition (A/T en G/C content) of primer. A pair of bi-directional primers consists of one forward and one reverse primer as commonly used in the art of DNA amplification such as in PCR amplification.
- A probe comprises an identifiable, isolated nucleic acid that recognizes a target nucleic acid sequence. A probe includes a nucleic acid that is attached to an addressable location, a detectable label or other reporter molecule and that hybridizes to a target sequence. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, enzyme substrates, co-factors, ligands, chemiluminescent or fluorescent agents, haptens, and enzymes. Methods for labelling and guidance in the choice of labels appropriate for various purposes are discussed, for example, in Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989 and Ausubel et al. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 4th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
- Methods for preparing and using nucleic acid probes and primers are described, for example, in Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989; Ausubel et al. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 4th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999; and Innis et al. PCR Protocols, A Guide to Methods and Applications, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, Calif., 1990. Amplification primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as PRIMER (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge, Mass.). One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the specificity of a particular probe or primer increases with its length. Thus, in order to obtain greater specificity, probes and primers can be selected that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or more consecutive nucleotides of a target nucleotide sequences.
- The present invention also provides polypeptides and amino acid sequences comprising at least a portion of the isolated proteins encoded by nucleotide sequences for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and fragments and variations thereof.
- The present invention also provides an isolated amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof. In some embodiments, the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence that shares at least about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, about 99.1%, about 99.2%, about 99.3%, about 99.4%, about 99.5%, about 99.6%, about 99.7%, about 99.8%, or about 99.9% identity to an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof. In one embodiment, the present invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence which encodes an amino acid sequence that shares at least about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, about 99.1%, about 99.2%, about 99.3%, about 99.4%, about 99.5%, about 99.6%, about 99.7%, about 99.8%, or about 99.9% identity to an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261, paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- The invention also encompasses variants and fragments of proteins of an amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261. The variants may contain alterations in the amino acid sequences of the constituent proteins. The term “variant” with respect to a polypeptide refers to an amino acid sequence that is altered by one or more amino acids with respect to a reference sequence. The variant can have “conservative” changes, or “nonconservative” changes, e.g., analogous minor variations can also include amino acid deletions or insertions, or both.
- Functional fragments and variants of a polypeptide include those fragments and variants that maintain one or more functions of the parent polypeptide. It is recognized that the gene or cDNA encoding a polypeptide can be considerably mutated without materially altering one or more of the polypeptide's functions. First, the genetic code is well-known to be degenerate, and thus different codons encode the same amino acids. Second, even where an amino acid substitution is introduced, the mutation can be conservative and have no material impact on the essential function(s) of a protein. See, e.g., Stryer Biochemistry 3rd Ed., 1988. Third, part of a polypeptide chain can be deleted without impairing or eliminating all of its functions. Fourth, insertions or additions can be made in the polypeptide chain for example, adding epitope tags, without impairing or eliminating its functions (Ausubel et al. J. Immunol. 159(5): 2502-12, 1997). Other modifications that can be made without materially impairing one or more functions of a polypeptide can include, for example, in vivo or in vitro chemical and biochemical modifications or the incorporation of unusual amino acids. Such modifications include, but are not limited to, for example, acetylation, carboxylation, phosphorylation, glycosylation, ubiquination, labelling, e.g., with radionucleotides, and various enzymatic modifications, as will be readily appreciated by those well skilled in the art. A variety of methods for labelling polypeptides, and labels useful for such purposes, are well known in the art, and include radioactive isotopes such as 32P, ligands which bind to or are bound by labelled specific binding partners (e.g., antibodies), fluorophores, chemiluminescent agents, enzymes, and anti-ligands. Functional fragments and variants can be of varying length. For example, some fragments have at least 10, 25, 50, 75, 100, 200, or even more amino acid residues. These mutations can be natural or purposely changed. In some embodiments, mutations containing alterations that produce silent substitutions, additions, or deletions, but do not alter the properties or activities of the proteins or how the proteins are made are an embodiment of the invention.
- Conservative amino acid substitutions are those substitutions that, when made, least interfere with the properties of the original protein, that is, the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions. Conservative substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain. Further information about conservative substitutions can be found, for instance, in Ben Bassat et al. (J. Bacteriol., 169:751-757, 1987), O'Regan et al. (Gene, 77:237-251, 1989), Sahin-Toth et al. (Protein Sci., 3:240-247, 1994), Hochuli et al. (Bio/Technology, 6:1321-1325, 1988) and in widely used textbooks of genetics and molecular biology. The Blosum matrices are commonly used for determining the relatedness of polypeptide sequences. The Blosum matrices were created using a large database of trusted alignments (the BLOCKS database), in which pairwise sequence alignments related by less than some threshold percentage identity were counted (Henikoff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:10915-10919, 1992). A threshold of 90% identity was used for the highly conserved target frequencies of the BLOSUM90 matrix. A threshold of 65% identity was used for the BLOSUM65 matrix. Scores of zero and above in the Blosum matrices are considered “conservative substitutions” at the percentage identity selected. The following table 1 shows exemplary conservative amino acid substitutions.
-
TABLE 1 Highly Conserved Conserved Very Highly - Substitutions Substitutions Original Conserved (from the Blosum90 (from the Blosum65 Residue Substitutions Matrix) Matrix) Ala Ser Gly, Ser, Thr Cys, Gly, Ser, Thr, Val Arg Lys Gln, His, Lys Asn, Gln, Glu, His, Lys Asn Gln; His Asp, Gln, His, Lys, Arg, Asp, Gln, Glu, His, Ser, Thr Lys, Ser, Thr Asp Glu Asn, Glu Asn, Gln, Glu, Ser Cys Ser None Ala Gln Asn Arg, Asn, Glu, His, Arg, Asn, Asp, Glu, His, Lys, Met Lys, Met, Ser Glu Asp Asp, Gln, Lys Arg, Asn, Asp, Gln, His, Lys, Ser Gly Pro Ala Ala, Ser His Asn; Gln Arg, Asn, Gln, Tyr Arg, Asn, Gln, Glu, Tyr Ile Leu; Val Leu, Met, Val Leu, Met, Phe, Val Leu Ile; Val Ile, Met, Phe, Val Ile, Met, Phe, Val Lys Arg; Gln; Glu Arg, Asn, Gln, Glu Arg, Asn, Gln, Glu, Ser, Met Leu; Ile Gln, Ile, Leu, Val Gln, Ile, Leu, Phe, Val Phe Met; Leu; Tyr Leu, Trp, Tyr Ile, Leu, Met, Trp, Tyr Ser Thr Ala, Asn, Thr Ala, Asn, Asp, Gln, Glu, Gly, Lys, Thr Thr Ser Ala, Asn, Ser Ala, Asn, Ser, Val Trp Tyr Phe, Tyr Phe, Tyr Tyr Trp; Phe His, Phe, Trp His, Phe, Trp Val Ile; Leu Ile, Leu, Met Ala, Ile, Leu, Met, Thr - In some examples, variants can have no more than 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 100 conservative amino acid changes (such as very highly conserved or highly conserved amino acid substitutions). In other examples, one or several hydrophobic residues (such as Leu, Ile, Val, Met, Phe, or Trp) in a variant sequence can be replaced with a different hydrophobic residue (such as Leu, Ile, Val, Met, Phe, or Trp) to create a variant functionally similar to the disclosed an amino acid sequences encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- In some embodiments, variants may differ from the disclosed sequences by alteration of the coding region to fit the codon usage bias of the particular organism into which the molecule is to be introduced. In other embodiments, the coding region may be altered by taking advantage of the degeneracy of the genetic code to alter the coding sequence such that, while the nucleotide sequence is substantially altered, it nevertheless encodes a protein having an amino acid sequence substantially similar to the disclosed an amino acid sequences encoded by the nucleic acid sequences of EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- In some embodiments, functional fragments derived from the EG261 orthologs of the present invention are provided. The functional fragments can still confer resistance to pathogens when expressed in a plant. In some embodiments, the functional fragments contain at least the dirigent domain of a wild type EG261 orthologs, or functional variants thereof. In some embodiments, the functional fragments contain one or more conserved region shared by two or more EG261 orthologs, shared by two or more EG261 orthologs in the same plant genus, shared by two or more dicot EG261 orthologs, and/or shared by two or more monocot EG261 orthologs. Non-limiting exemplary conserved regions are shown in
FIGS. 2 to 4 . The dirigent domain or conserved regions can be determined by any suitable computer program, such as NCBI protein BLAST program and NCBI Alignment program, or equivalent programs. In some embodiments, the functional fragments are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more amino acids shorter compared to the EG261 orthologs of the present invention. In some embodiments, the functional fragments are made by deleting one or more amino acid of the EG261 orthologs of the present invention. In some embodiments, the functional fragments share at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more identity to the EG261 orthologs of the present invention. - In some embodiments, functional chimeric or synthetic polypeptides derived from the EG261 orthologs of the present invention are provided. The functional chimeric or synthetic polypeptides can still confer resistance to pathogens when expressed in a plant. In some embodiments, the functional chimeric or synthetic polypeptides contain at least the dirigent domain of a wild type EG261 orthologs, or functional variants thereof. In some embodiments, the functional chimeric or synthetic polypeptides contain one or more conserved region shared by two or more EG261 orthologs, shared by two or more EG261 orthologs in the same plant genus, shared by two or more dicot EG261 orthologs, and/or shared by two or more monocot EG261 orthologs. Non-limiting exemplary conserved regions are shown in
FIGS. 2 to 4 . The dirigent domain or conserved regions can be determined by any suitable computer program, such as NCBI protein BLAST program and NCBI Alignment program, or equivalent programs. In some embodiments, the functional chimeric or synthetic polypeptides share at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more identity to the EG261 orthologs of the present invention. - Sequences of conserved regions can also be used to knock-down the level of one or more EG261 orthologs. In some embodiments, sequences of conserved regions can be used to make gene silencing molecules to target one ore more EG261 orthologs. In some embodiments, the gene silencing molecules are selected from the group consisting of double-stranded polynucleotides, single-stranded polynucleotides or Mixed Duplex Oligonucleotides. In some embodiments, the gene silencing molecules comprises a DNA/RNA fragment of about 10 bp, 15 bp, 19 bp, 20 bp, 21 bp, 25 bp, 30 bp, 40 bp, 50 bp, 60 bp, 70 bp, 80 bp, 90 bp, 100 bp, 150 bp, 200 pb, 250 bp, 300 bp, 350 bp, 400 bp, 500 bp, 600 bp, 700 bp, 800 bp, 900 bp, 1000 bp, or more polynucleotides, wherein the DNA/RNA fragment share at least 90%, 95%, 99%, or more identity to a conserved region of the EG261 orthologs sequences of the present invention, or complementary sequences thereof
- The present polynucleotides coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof of the present invention can be transformed into soybean or other plant genera.
- Methods of producing transgenic plants are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Transgenic plants can now be produced by a variety of different transformation methods including, but not limited to, electroporation; microinjection; microprojectile bombardment, also known as particle acceleration or biolistic bombardment; viral-mediated transformation; and Agrobacterium-mediated transformation. See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,405,765; 5,472,869; 5,538,877; 5,538,880; 5,550,318; 5,641,664; 5,736,369 and 5,736,369; International Patent Application Publication Nos. WO2002/038779 and WO/2009/117555; Lu et al., (Plant Cell Reports, 2008, 27:273-278); Watson et al., Recombinant DNA, Scientific American Books (1992); Hinchee et al., Bio/Tech. 6:915-922 (1988); McCabe et al., Bio/Tech. 6:923-926 (1988); Toriyama et al., Bio/Tech. 6:1072-1074 (1988); Fromm et al., Bio/Tech. 8:833-839 (1990); Mullins et al., Bio/Tech. 8:833-839 (1990); Hiei et al., Plant Molecular Biology 35:205-218 (1997); Ishida et al., Nature Biotechnology 14:745-750 (1996); Zhang et al., Molecular Biotechnology 8:223-231 (1997); Ku et al., Nature Biotechnology 17:76-80 (1999); and, Raineri et al., Bio/Tech. 8:33-38 (1990)), each of which is expressly incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Agrobacterium tumefaciens is a naturally occurring bacterium that is capable of inserting its DNA (genetic information) into plants, resulting in a type of injury to the plant known as crown gall. Most species of plants can now be transformed using this method, including cucurbitaceous species.
- Microprojectile bombardment is also known as particle acceleration, biolistic bombardment, and the gene gun (Biolistic® Gene Gun). The gene gun is used to shoot pellets that are coated with genes (e.g., for desired traits) into plant seeds or plant tissues in order to get the plant cells to then express the new genes. The gene gun uses an actual explosive (.22 caliber blank) to propel the material. Compressed air or steam may also be used as the propellant. The Biolistic® Gene Gun was invented in 1983-1984 at Cornell University by John Sanford, Edward Wolf, and Nelson Allen. It and its registered trademark are now owned by E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. Most species of plants have been transformed using this method.
- The most common method for the introduction of new genetic material into a plant genome involves the use of living cells of the bacterial pathogen Agrobacterium tumefaciens to literally inject a piece of DNA, called transfer or T-DNA, into individual plant cells (usually following wounding of the tissue) where it is targeted to the plant nucleus for chromosomal integration. There are numerous patents governing Agrobacterium mediated transformation and particular DNA delivery plasmids designed specifically for use with Agrobacterium—for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,536,475, EP0265556, EP0270822, WO8504899, WO8603516, U.S. Pat. No. 5,591,616, EP0604662, EP0672752, WO8603776, WO9209696, WO9419930, WO9967357, U.S. Pat. No. 4,399,216, WO8303259, U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,179, EP068730, WO9516031, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,693,512, 6,051,757 and EP904362A1. Agrobacterium-mediated plant transformation involves as a first step the placement of DNA fragments cloned on plasmids into living Agrobacterium cells, which are then subsequently used for transformation into individual plant cells. Agrobacterium-mediated plant transformation is thus an indirect plant transformation method. Methods of Agrobacterium-mediated plant transformation that involve using vectors with no T-DNA are also well known to those skilled in the art and can have applicability in the present invention. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 7,250,554, which utilizes P-DNA instead of T-DNA in the transformation vector.
- A transgenic plant formed using Agrobacterium transformation methods typically contains a single gene on one chromosome, although multiple copies are possible. Such transgenic plants can be referred to as being hemizygous for the added gene. A more accurate name for such a plant is an independent segregant, because each transformed plant represents a unique T-DNA integration event (U.S. Pat. No. 6,156,953). A transgene locus is generally characterized by the presence and/or absence of the transgene. A heterozygous genotype in which one allele corresponds to the absence of the transgene is also designated hemizygous (U.S. Pat. No. 6,008,437).
- Direct plant transformation methods using DNA have also been reported. The first of these to be reported historically is electroporation, which utilizes an electrical current applied to a solution containing plant cells (M. E. Fromm et al., Nature, 319, 791 (1986); H. Jones et al., Plant Mol. Biol., 13, 501 (1989) and H. Yang et al., Plant Cell Reports, 7, 421 (1988). Another direct method, called “biolistic bombardment”, uses ultrafine particles, usually tungsten or gold, that are coated with DNA and then sprayed onto the surface of a plant tissue with sufficient force to cause the particles to penetrate plant cells, including the thick cell wall, membrane and nuclear envelope, but without killing at least some of them (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,204,253, 5,015,580). A third direct method uses fibrous forms of metal or ceramic consisting of sharp, porous or hollow needle-like projections that literally impale the cells, and also the nuclear envelope of cells. Both silicon carbide and aluminium borate whiskers have been used for plant transformation (Mizuno et al., 2004; Petolino et al., 2000; U.S. Pat. No. 5,302,523 US Application 20040197909) and also for bacterial and animal transformation (Kaepler et al., 1992; Raloff, 1990; Wang, 1995). There are other methods reported, and undoubtedly, additional methods will be developed. However, the efficiencies of each of these indirect or direct methods in introducing foreign DNA into plant cells are invariably extremely low, making it necessary to use some method for selection of only those cells that have been transformed, and further, allowing growth and regeneration into plants of only those cells that have been transformed.
- For efficient plant transformation, a selection method must be employed such that whole plants are regenerated from a single transformed cell and every cell of the transformed plant carries the DNA of interest. These methods can employ positive selection, whereby a foreign gene is supplied to a plant cell that allows it to utilize a substrate present in the medium that it otherwise could not use, such as mannose or xylose (for example, refer U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,767,378; 5,994,629). More typically, however, negative selection is used because it is more efficient, utilizing selective agents such as herbicides or antibiotics that either kill or inhibit the growth of non-transformed plant cells and reducing the possibility of chimeras. Resistance genes that are effective against negative selective agents are provided on the introduced foreign DNA used for the plant transformation. For example, one of the most popular selective agents used is the antibiotic kanamycin, together with the resistance gene neomycin phosphotransferase (nptII), which confers resistance to kanamycin and related antibiotics (see, for example, Messing & Vierra, Gene 19: 259-268 (1982); Bevan et al., Nature 304:184-187 (1983)). However, many different antibiotics and antibiotic resistance genes can be used for transformation purposes (refer U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,034,322, 6,174,724 and 6,255,560). In addition, several herbicides and herbicide resistance genes have been used for transformation purposes, including the bar gene, which confers resistance to the herbicide phosphinothricin (White et al., Nucl Acids Res 18: 1062 (1990), Spencer et al., Theor Appl Genet 79: 625-631(1990), U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,795,855, 5,378,824 and 6,107,549). In addition, the dhfr gene, which confers resistance to the anticancer agent methotrexate, has been used for selection (Bourouis et al., EMBO J. 2(7): 1099-1104 (1983).
- Non-limiting examples of binary vectors suitable for soybean species transformation and transformation methods are described by Yi et al. 2006 (Transformation of multiple soybean cultivars by infecting cotyledonary-node with Agrobacterium tumefaciens, African Journal of Biotechnology Vol. 5 (20), pp. 1989-1993, 16 Oct. 2006), Paz et al., 2004 (Assessment of conditions affecting Agrobacterium-mediated soybean transformation using the cotyledonary node explant, Euphytica 136: 167-179, 2004), U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,376,543, 5,416,011, 5,968,830, and 5,569,834, or by similar experimental procedures well known to those skilled in the art. Soybean plants can be transformed by using any method described in the above references.
- The expression control elements used to regulate the expression of a given protein can either be the expression control element that is normally found associated with the coding sequence (homologous expression element) or can be a heterologous expression control element. A variety of homologous and heterologous expression control elements are known in the art and can readily be used to make expression units for use in the present invention. Transcription initiation regions, for example, can include any of the various opine initiation regions, such as octopine, mannopine, nopaline and the like that are found in the Ti plasmids of Agrobacterium tumefaciens. Alternatively, plant viral promoters can also be used, such as the cauliflower mosaic virus 19S and 35S promoters (CaMV 19S and CaMV 35S promoters, respectively) to control gene expression in a plant (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,352,605; 5,530,196 and 5,858,742 for example). Enhancer sequences derived from the CaMV can also be utilized (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,164,316; 5,196,525; 5,322,938; 5,530,196; 5,352,605; 5,359,142; and 5,858,742 for example). Lastly, plant promoters such as prolifera promoter, fruit specific promoters, Ap3 promoter, heat shock promoters, seed specific promoters, etc. can also be used.
- Either a gamete-specific promoter, a constitutive promoter (such as the CaMV or Nos promoter), an organ-specific promoter (such as the E8 promoter from tomato), or an inducible promoter is typically ligated to the protein or antisense encoding region using standard techniques known in the art. The expression unit may be further optimized by employing supplemental elements such as transcription terminators and/or enhancer elements.
- Thus, for expression in plants, the expression units will typically contain, in addition to the protein sequence, a plant promoter region, a transcription initiation site and a transcription termination sequence. Unique restriction enzyme sites at the 5′ and 3′ ends of the expression unit are typically included to allow for easy insertion into a pre-existing vector.
- In the construction of heterologous promoter/structural gene or antisense combinations, the promoter is preferably positioned about the same distance from the heterologous transcription start site as it is from the transcription start site in its natural setting. As is known in the art, however, some variation in this distance can be accommodated without loss of promoter function.
- In addition to a promoter sequence, the expression cassette can also contain a transcription termination region downstream of the structural gene to provide for efficient termination. The termination region may be obtained from the same gene as the promoter sequence or may be obtained from different genes. If the mRNA encoded by the structural gene is to be efficiently processed, DNA sequences which direct polyadenylation of the RNA are also commonly added to the vector construct. Polyadenylation sequences include, but are not limited to the Agrobacterium octopine synthase signal (Gielen et al., EMBO J 3:835-846 (1984)) or the nopaline synthase signal (Depicker et al., Mol. and Appl. Genet. 1:561-573 (1982)). The resulting expression unit is ligated into or otherwise constructed to be included in a vector that is appropriate for higher plant transformation. One or more expression units may be included in the same vector. The vector will typically contain a selectable marker gene expression unit by which transformed plant cells can be identified in culture. Usually, the marker gene will encode resistance to an antibiotic, such as G418, hygromycin, bleomycin, kanamycin, or gentamicin or to an herbicide, such as glyphosate (Round-Up) or glufosinate (BASTA) or atrazine. Replication sequences, of bacterial or viral origin, are generally also included to allow the vector to be cloned in a bacterial or phage host; preferably a broad host range for prokaryotic origin of replication is included. A selectable marker for bacteria may also be included to allow selection of bacterial cells bearing the desired construct. Suitable prokaryotic selectable markers include resistance to antibiotics such as ampicillin, kanamycin or tetracycline. Other DNA sequences encoding additional functions may also be present in the vector, as is known in the art. For instance, in the case of Agrobacterium transformations, T-DNA sequences will also be included for subsequent transfer to plant chromosomes.
- To introduce a desired gene or set of genes by conventional methods requires a sexual cross between two lines, and then repeated back-crossing between hybrid offspring and one of the parents until a plant with the desired characteristics is obtained. This process, however, is restricted to plants that can sexually hybridize, and genes in addition to the desired gene will be transferred.
- Recombinant DNA techniques allow plant researchers to circumvent these limitations by enabling plant geneticists to identify and clone specific genes for desirable traits, such as improved fatty acid composition, and to introduce these genes into already useful varieties of plants. Once the foreign genes have been introduced into a plant, that plant can then be used in conventional plant breeding schemes (e.g., pedigree breeding, single-seed-descent breeding schemes, reciprocal recurrent selection) to produce progeny which also contain the gene of interest.
- Genes can be introduced in a site directed fashion using homologous recombination. Homologous recombination permits site-specific modifications in endogenous genes and thus inherited or acquired mutations may be corrected, and/or novel alterations may be engineered into the genome. Homologous recombination and site-directed integration in plants are discussed in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,451,513; 5,501,967 and 5,527,695.
- Open-Pollinated Populations. The improvement of open-pollinated populations of such crops as rye, many maizes and sugar beets, herbage grasses, legumes such as alfalfa and clover, and tropical tree crops such as cacao, coconuts, oil palm and some rubber, depends essentially upon changing gene-frequencies towards fixation of favorable alleles while maintaining a high (but far from maximal) degree of heterozygosity. Uniformity in such populations is impossible and trueness-to-type in an open-pollinated variety is a statistical feature of the population as a whole, not a characteristic of individual plants. Thus, the heterogeneity of open-pollinated populations contrasts with the homogeneity (or virtually so) of inbred lines, clones and hybrids.
- Population improvement methods fall naturally into two groups, those based on purely phenotypic selection, normally called mass selection, and those based on selection with progeny testing. Interpopulation improvement utilizes the concept of open breeding populations; allowing genes for flow from one population to another. Plants in one population (cultivar, strain, ecotype, or any germplasm source) are crossed either naturally (e.g., by wind) or by hand or by bees (commonly Apis mellifera L. or Megachile rotundata F.) with plants from other populations. Selection is applied to improve one (or sometimes both) population(s) by isolating plants with desirable traits from both sources.
- There are basically two primary methods of open-pollinated population improvement. First, there is the situation in which a population is changed en masse by a chosen selection procedure. The outcome is an improved population that is indefinitely propagable by random-mating within itself in isolation. Second, the synthetic variety attains the same end result as population improvement but is not itself propagable as such; it has to be reconstructed from parental lines or clones. These plant breeding procedures for improving open-pollinated populations are well known to those skilled in the art and comprehensive reviews of breeding procedures routinely used for improving cross-pollinated plants are provided in numerous texts and articles, including: Allard, Principles of Plant Breeding, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1960); Simmonds, Principles of Crop Improvement, Longman Group Limited (1979); Hallauer and Miranda, Quantitative Genetics in Maize Breeding, Iowa State University Press (1981); and, Jensen, Plant Breeding Methodology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1988). For population improvement methods specific for soybean see, e.g., J. R. Wilcox, editor (1987) SOYBEANS: Improvement, Production, and Uses, Second Edition, American Society of Agronomy, Inc., Crop Science Society of America, Inc., and Soil Science Society of America, Inc., publishers, 888 pages.
- Mass Selection. In mass selection, desirable individual plants are chosen, harvested, and the seed composited without progeny testing to produce the following generation. Since selection is based on the maternal parent only, and there is no control over pollination, mass selection amounts to a form of random mating with selection. As stated above, the purpose of mass selection is to increase the proportion of superior genotypes in the population.
- Synthetics. A synthetic variety is produced by crossing inter se a number of genotypes selected for good combining ability in all possible hybrid combinations, with subsequent maintenance of the variety by open pollination. Whether parents are (more or less inbred) seed-propagated lines, as in some sugar beet and beans (Vicia) or clones, as in herbage grasses, clovers and alfalfa, makes no difference in principle. Parents are selected on general combining ability, sometimes by test crosses or toperosses, more generally by polycrosses. Parental seed lines may be deliberately inbred (e.g. by selfing or sib crossing). However, even if the parents are not deliberately inbred, selection within lines during line maintenance will ensure that some inbreeding occurs. Clonal parents will, of course, remain unchanged and highly heterozygous.
- Whether a synthetic can go straight from the parental seed production plot to the farmer or must first undergo one or two cycles of multiplication depends on seed production and the scale of demand for seed. In practice, grasses and clovers are generally multiplied once or twice and are thus considerably removed from the original synthetic.
- While mass selection is sometimes used, progeny testing is generally preferred for polycrosses, because of their operational simplicity and obvious relevance to the objective, namely exploitation of general combining ability in a synthetic.
- The number of parental lines or clones that enters a synthetic varies widely. In practice, numbers of parental lines range from 10 to several hundred, with 100-200 being the average. Broad based synthetics formed from 100 or more clones would be expected to be more stable during seed multiplication than narrow based synthetics.
- Hybrids. A hybrid is an individual plant resulting from a cross between parents of differing genotypes. Commercial hybrids are now used extensively in many crops, including corn (maize), sorghum, sugar beet, sunflower and broccoli. Hybrids can be formed in a number of different ways, including by crossing two parents directly (single cross hybrids), by crossing a single cross hybrid with another parent (three-way or triple cross hybrids), or by crossing two different hybrids (four-way or double cross hybrids).
- Strictly speaking, most individuals in an out breeding (i.e., open-pollinated) population are hybrids, but the term is usually reserved for cases in which the parents are individuals whose genomes are sufficiently distinct for them to be recognized as different species or subspecies. Hybrids may be fertile or sterile depending on qualitative and/or quantitative differences in the genomes of the two parents. Heterosis, or hybrid vigor, is usually associated with increased heterozygosity that results in increased vigor of growth, survival, and fertility of hybrids as compared with the parental lines that were used to form the hybrid. Maximum heterosis is usually achieved by crossing two genetically different, highly inbred lines.
- The production of hybrids is a well-developed industry, involving the isolated production of both the parental lines and the hybrids which result from crossing those lines. For a detailed discussion of the hybrid production process, see, e.g., Wright, Commercial Hybrid Seed Production 8:161-176, In Hybridization of Crop Plants.
- Bulk Segregation Analysis (BSA). BSA, a.k.a. bulked segregation analysis, or bulk segregant analysis, is a method described by Michelmore et al. (Michelmore et al., 1991, Identification of markers linked to disease-resistance genes by bulked segregant analysis: a rapid method to detect markers in specific genomic regions by using segregating populations. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 99:9828-9832) and Quarrie et al. (Quarrie et al., Bulk segregant analysis with molecular markers and its use for improving drought resistance in maize, 1999, Journal of Experimental Botany, 50(337):1299-1306).
- For BSA of a trait of interest, parental lines with certain different phenotypes are chosen and crossed to generate F2, doubled haploid or recombinant inbred populations with QTL analysis. The population is then phenotyped to identify individual plants or lines having high or low expression of the trait. Two DNA bulks are prepared, one from the individuals having one phenotype (e.g., resistant to pathogen), and the other from the individuals having reversed phenotype (e.g., susceptible to pathogen), and analyzed for allele frequency with molecular markers. Only a few individuals are required in each bulk (e.g., 10 plants each) if the markers are dominant (e.g., RAPDs). More individuals are needed when markers are co-dominant (e.g., RFLPs). Markers linked to the phenotype can be identified and used for breeding or QTL mapping.
- Gene Pyramiding. The method to combine into a single genotype a series of target genes identified in different parents is usually referred as gene pyramiding. A non-limiting example of gene pyramiding scheme is shown in
FIG. 3 . The first part of a gene pyramiding breeding is called a pedigree and is aimed at cumulating one copy of all target genes in a single genotype (called root genotype). The second part is called the fixation steps and is aimed at fixing the target genes into a homozygous state, that is, to derive the ideal genotype (ideotype) from the root genotype. Gene pyramiding can be combined with marker assisted selection (MAS, see Hospital et al., 1992, 1997a, and 1997b, and Moreau et al, 1998) or marker based recurrent selection (MBRS, see Hospital et al., 2000). - RNA interference (RNAi) is the process of sequence-specific, post-transcriptional gene silencing or transcriptional gene silencing in animals and plants, initiated by double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) that is homologous in sequence to the silenced gene. The preferred RNA effector molecules useful in this invention must be sufficiently distinct in sequence from any host polynucleotide sequences for which function is intended to be undisturbed after any of the methods of this invention are performed. Computer algorithms may be used to define the essential lack of homology between the RNA molecule polynucleotide sequence and host, essential, normal sequences.
- The term “dsRNA” or “dsRNA molecule” or “double-strand RNA effector molecule” refers to an at least partially double-strand ribonucleic acid molecule containing a region of at least about 19 or more nucleotides that are in a double-strand conformation. The double-stranded RNA effector molecule may be a duplex double-stranded RNA formed from two separate RNA strands or it may be a single RNA strand with regions of self-complementarity capable of assuming an at least partially double-stranded hairpin conformation (i.e., a hairpin dsRNA or stem-loop dsRNA). In various embodiments, the dsRNA consists entirely of ribonucleotides or consists of a mixture of ribonucleotides and deoxynucleotides, such as RNA/DNA hybrids. The dsRNA may be a single molecule with regions of self-complementarity such that nucleotides in one segment of the molecule base pair with nucleotides in another segment of the molecule. In one aspect, the regions of self-complementarity are linked by a region of at least about 3-4 nucleotides, or about 5, 6, 7, 9 to 15 nucleotides or more, which lacks complementarity to another part of the molecule and thus remains single-stranded (i.e., the “loop region”). Such a molecule will assume a partially double-stranded stem-loop structure, optionally, with short single stranded 5′ and/or 3′ ends. In one aspect the regions of self-complementarity of the hairpin dsRNA or the double-stranded region of a duplex dsRNA will comprise an Effector Sequence and an Effector Complement (e.g., linked by a single-stranded loop region in a hairpin dsRNA). The Effector Sequence or Effector Strand is that strand of the double-stranded region or duplex which is incorporated in or associates with RISC. In one aspect the double-stranded RNA effector molecule will comprise an at least 19 contiguous nucleotide effector sequence, preferably 19 to 29, 19 to 27, or 19 to 21 nucleotides, which is a reverse complement to the RNA of nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof, or an opposite strand replication intermediate. In one embodiment, said double-stranded RNA effector molecules are provided by providing to a soybean or other plant, plant tissue, or plant cell an expression construct comprising one or more double-stranded RNA effector molecules. In one embodiment, the expression construct comprises a double-strand RNA derived from any one of nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof. In other embodiments, the expression construct comprises a double-strand RNA derived from more than one sequences of nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof. In further embodiments, the expression construct comprises a double-strand RNA derived from more than one sequences of nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof, and one or more other genes involved in pathogen resistance. One skilled in the art will be able to design suitable double-strand RNA effector molecule based on the nucleotide sequences of nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof in the present invention.
- In some embodiments, the dsRNA effector molecule of the invention is a “hairpin dsRNA”, a “dsRNA hairpin”, “short-hairpin RNA” or “shRNA”, i.e., an RNA molecule of less than approximately 400 to 500 nucleotides (nt), or less than 100 to 200 nt, in which at least one stretch of at least 15 to 100 nucleotides (e.g., 17 to 50 nt, 19 to 29 nt) is based paired with a complementary sequence located on the same RNA molecule (single RNA strand), and where said sequence and complementary sequence are separated by an unpaired region of at least about 4 to 7 nucleotides (or about 9 to about 15 nt, about 15 to about 100 nt, about 100 to about 1000 nt) which forms a single-stranded loop above the stem structure created by the two regions of base complementarity. The shRNA molecules comprise at least one stem-loop structure comprising a double-stranded stem region of about 17 to about 500 bp; about 17 to about 50 bp; about 40 to about 100 bp; about 18 to about 40 bp; or from about 19 to about 29 bp; homologous and complementary to a target sequence to be inhibited; and an unpaired loop region of at least about 4 to 7 nucleotides, or about 9 to about 15 nucleotides, about 15 to about 100 nt, about 250-500 bp, about 100 to about 1000 nt, which forms a single-stranded loop above the stem structure created by the two regions of base complementarity. It will be recognized, however, that it is not strictly necessary to include a “loop region” or “loop sequence” because an RNA molecule comprising a sequence followed immediately by its reverse complement will tend to assume a stem-loop conformation even when not separated by an irrelevant “stuffer” sequence.
- The expression construct of the present invention comprising DNA sequence which can be transcribed into one or more double-stranded RNA effector molecules can be transformed into a plant, wherein the transformed plant produces different fatty acid compositions than the untransformed plant. The target sequence to be inhibited by the dsRNA effector molecule include, but are not limited to, coding region, 5′ UTR region, 3′ UTR region of fatty acids synthesis genes. In one embodiment, the target sequence is from one or more nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof.
- The effects of RNAi can be both systemic and heritable in plants. In plants, RNAi is thought to propagate by the transfer of siRNAs between cells through plasmodesmata. The heritability comes from methylation of promoters targeted by RNAi; the new methylation pattern is copied in each new generation of the cell. A broad general distinction between plants and animals lies in the targeting of endogenously produced miRNAs; in plants, miRNAs are usually perfectly or nearly perfectly complementary to their target genes and induce direct mRNA cleavage by RISC, while animals' miRNAs tend to be more divergent in sequence and induce translational repression. Detailed methods for RNAi in plants are described in David Allis et al (Epigenetics, CSHL Press, 2007, ISBN 0879697245, 9780879697242), Sohail et al (Gene silencing by RNA interference: technology and application, CRC Press, 2005, ISBN 0849321417, 9780849321412), Engelke et al. (RAN Interference, Academic Press, 2005, ISBN 0121827976, 9780121827977), and Doran et al. (RNA Interference: Methods for Plants and Animals, CABI, 2009, ISBN 1845934105, 9781845934101), which are all herein incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes.
- The present invention provides methods of producing soybeans or other plants containing altered and/or increased levels of pathogen tolerance and/or resistance. Such methods comprise utilizing the soybean or other plants comprising the chimeric genes as described above.
- The present invention also provides methods of breeding soybean and other plants producing altered and/or increased levels of pathogen tolerance and/or resistance. In one embodiment, such methods comprise:
-
- i) making a cross between the soybean or other plant species with nucleic acid sequences coding for EG261, homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof as described above to a second soybean or other plant species to make F1 plants;
- ii) backcrossing said F1 plants to said second soybean or plant species, respectively;
- iii) repeating backcrossing step until said nucleic acid sequences are integrated into the genome of said second soybean or other plant species, respectively. Optionally, such method can be facilitated by molecular markers.
- The present invention provides methods of breeding species close to Glycine max, wherein said species produces altered and/or increased levels of pathogen tolerance and/or resistance. In one embodiment, such methods comprise
-
- i) making a cross between the non-Glycine max species containing nucleic acid sequences coding for homologs of EG261, orthologs of EG261 and/or paralogs of EG261, and/or fragments and variations thereof as described above to Glycine max to make F1 plants;
- ii) backcrossing said F1 plants to Glycine max;
- iii) repeating backcrossing step until said nucleic acid sequences are integrated into the genome of Glycine max. Special techniques (e.g., somatic hybridization) may be necessary in order to successfully transfer a gene from non-Glycine max species to Glycine max. Optionally, such method can be facilitated by molecular markers.
- The present invention is further illustrated by the following examples that should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents, and published patent applications cited throughout this application, as well as the Figures, are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
- This invention involves the discovery that the soybean gene referred to herein as ‘EG261’ codes for a dirigent protein that confers resistance to pathogens, including resistance to nematodes. There are 2 copies of EG261 in soybeans, but only one of the gene copies, which is referred to herein as “copy A,” is positively selected. The second copy, which is referred to herein as “copy B,” is well-conserved and there is no evidence that it plays any role in nematode resistance (or in any other trait of agronomic interest). Unless otherwise specified herein, all references to EG261 are referring to copy A of the gene.
- EG261 is very highly expressed in roots, as might be expected for a gene that confers resistance to SCN, as this is a primary route for SCN entrance to the plant.
- It appears that EG261 maps into a predicted location (i.e., a QTL) on soybean chromosome 1 for SCN resistance. This QTL is supported by two different studies (Vergel C. Concibido, Brian W. Diers, and Prakash R. Arelli, Crop Science, VOL. 44, JULY-AUGUST 2004, 1121-1131, and Pin Yue, David A. Sleper and Prakash R. Arelli, Crop Science, VOL. 41, SEPTEMBER-OCTOBER 2001, 1589-1595). However, this QTL is broad, and likely contains hundreds of genes, so the exact gene-of-interest has not previously been isolated. That positively-selected EG261 appears to fall within this QTL is consistent with our hypothesis that EG controls and confers SCN resistance. (It is noted, however, that the QTL location is still only tentatively mapped due to differences in size and structure of mapping populations, DNA marker platforms, and limited availability of DNA markers.)
- EG261 soybean sequences follow. Initiation codons shown in underlined lower case font. Termination codons shown in bolded lower case font. The UTR sequence is in lower case.
- The gene sequence of EG261 (SEQ ID NO: 1), derived from cultivated soybean (Glycine max) follows:
-
5′-agcaagagatgctcaaacccaaattcacctac ttcgatgcttcccccaccttataaattcttgcatt aatttaccactttcatcacccaatccacttcctct aattgacacccacctaaaccatgGCTTCCCACTTC CTCAAATCCCTCCTTCTCCTCTCCACCTATGCCCT CACCATCTCAGCAGAATACACAGGCTTCGTGGGAA CACTAGACCCAAAGTCCATAGGCATACACCACAAG AAAACCCTAAGCCACTTCAGGTTCTACTGGCACGA AGTCTTCAGCGGAGAAAACCCCACATCGGTTAGAA TCATTCCCTCACTCCCCAAATACAACGCAACCACA ACCTTCGGCTCCGTTGGAATCTTTGACACCCCTTT AACCGTGGGACCTGAGGTGTACTCCAAGGTTGTCG GAAAAGCCGAGGGCTTGTTTGCCTCCACGTCACAA ACGCAGTTTGACCTGTTACTGATTTACAACTTCGC GTTGACCCAAGGGAAGTACAACGGCAGCACCATCA CGTTCACGGGGAGGAGCCCCCTCTCGGAGAAGGTG AGGGAGCTGCCCATTGTTGGTGGTAGTGGGGTCTT CAAATTTGCCACTGGGTATGTTGAGTCTAGGACGC TAAGTTTTGATCCCCAAACAAGGAATAACACGGTT CAGTTCGACGTGTATATTTACTATtgatgattatt gaatgtgtttttttcatgttgatgcgttatcgctt tggtctgtctcacctagtttcta - EG261 coding sequence (cultivated soybean; Glycine max, SEQ ID NO: 2):
-
atgGCTTCCCACTTCCTCAAATCCCTCCTTCTCCT CTCCACCTATGCCCTCACCATCTCAGCAGAATACA CAGGCTTCGTGGGAACACTAGACCCAAAGTCCATA GGCATACACCACAAGAAAACCCTAAGCCACTTCAG GTTCTACTGGCACGAAGTCTTCAGCGGAGAAAACC CCACATCGGTTAGAATCATTCCCTCACTCCCCAAA TACAACGCAACCACAACCTTCGGCTCCGTTGGAAT CTTTGACACCCCTTTAACCGTGGGACCTGAGGTGT ACTCCAAGGTTGTCGGAAAAGCCGAGGGCTTGTTT GCCTCCACGTCACAAACGCAGTTTGACCTGTTACT GATTTACAACTTCGCGTTGACCCAAGGGAAGTACA ACGGCAGCACCATCACGTTCACGGGGAGGAGCCCC CTCTCGGAGAAGGTGAGGGAGCTGCCCATTGTTGG TGGTAGTGGGGTCTTCAAATTTGCCACTGGGTATG TTGAGTCTAGGACGCTAAGTTTTGATCCCCAAACA AGGAATAACACGGTTCAGTTCGACGTGTATATTTA CTATtga - The EG261 gene sequence is more than 99% identical to Sequences 65260 and 33011 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,569,389, each of which are identical to each other (SEQ ID NO: 3):
-
1 atcacccaat ccacttcctc taattgacac ccacctaaac catggcttcc cacttcctca 61 aatccctcct tctcctctcc acctatgccc tcaccatctc agcagaatac acaggcttcg 121 tgggaacact agacccaaag tccataggca tacaccacaa gaaaacccta agccacttca 181 ggttctactg gcacgaagtc ttcagcggag aaaaccccac atcggttaga atcattccct 241 cactccccaa atacaacgca accacaacct tcggctccgt tggaatcttt gacacccctt 301 taaccgtggg acctgaggtg tactccaagg ttgtcggaaa agccgagggc ttgtttgcct 361 ccacgtcaca aacgcagttt gacctgttac tgatttacaa cttcgcgttg acccaaggga 421 agtacaacgg cagcaccatc acgttcacgg ggaggagccc cctctcggag aaggtgaggg 481 agctgcccat tgttggtggt agtggggtct tcaaatttgc cactgggtat gttgagtcta 541 ggacgctaag ttttgatccc caaacaagga ataacacggt tcagttcgac gtgtatattt 601 actattgatg attattgaaa gtgttttttt catgttgatg cgttatcgct ttggtctgtc 661 tcacctagtt tctacataag tttcctcttt tgagggcatg tggtgtcatg gaataaagtc 721 atctttgggc aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaa - Using analysis techniques derived from molecular evolutionary biology, gene sequences from the cultivated (i.e., domesticated) soybean, Glycine max, were compared to orthologous genes from species of wild soybean that are relatives to G. max and that were suspected to be resistant to attack by the Soybean Cyst Nematode (SCN). This analysis was performed in high-throughput fashion, applying Evolutionary Genomics' proprietary software and patented approach. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,228,586; 6,274,319; and 6,280,953.
- Most varieties of cultivated soybeans are susceptible to one or more races (now more commonly known as HG groups) of SCN, and even those soybean cultivars bred for resistance to SCN are now often losing that resistance as the cyst nematodes evolve the ability to evade the current resistance mechanisms. Present resistance mechanisms all depend upon only one or two genes, so are relatively easy targets for the evolution of resistance.
- Wild soybean relatives were chosen for analysis; these species were those that the scientific literature suggested were tolerant to one or more races of SCN. These putatively SCN-resistant species were then tested in standard assays for SCN susceptibility/resistance. Multiple races (HG groups) were used to test each wild soybean accession. In multiple replicates, multiple plants of each wild soybean species were challenged by SCN; each challenge involved multiple SCN races/HG groups.
- After demonstrating that several wild species were indeed resistant to SCN, these species were grown to maturity in order to collect RNA. Total RNA was prepared from individual plants of each of 5 SCN-resistant species. RNA was pooled from several tissues from each individual plant in order to maximize how comprehensively the transcriptome of that species was sampled. RNA was used to create cDNA libraries which were used to sequence the species' transcriptome. This was accomplished by Roche 454 high-throughput next-gen sequencing, although any appropriate DNA sequencing method could have been used.
- The resulting ESTs were compared on a gene-by-gene basis. The homologous sequences were analyzed to identify those that have nucleic acid sequence differences between the two species. Then molecular evolution analysis was conducted to evaluate quantitatively and qualitatively the evolutionary significance of the differences between orthologous genes derived from cultivated soybean (G. max) and each wild species (for example, Glycine tabacina) on a pairwise basis. Each wild species was also compared in pairwise fashion to every other wild soybean species. Automated bioinformatics analysis was then applied to each pairwise comparison and only those sequences that contain a nucleotide change (or changes) that yield evolutionarily significant change(s) were retained for further analysis. This enabled the identification of genes that have evolved to confer some evolutionary advantage as well as the identification of the specific evolved changes.
- Any of several different molecular evolution analyses or Ka/Ks-type methods can be employed to evaluate quantitatively and qualitatively the evolutionary significance of the identified nucleotide changes between homologous gene sequences from related species. Kreitman and Akashi (1995) Annu. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 26:403 422; Li, Molecular Evolution, Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, Mass., 1997. For example, positive selection on proteins (i.e., molecular-level adaptive evolution) can be detected in protein-coding genes by pairwise comparisons of the ratios of nonsynonymous nucleotide substitutions per nonsynonymous site (Ka) to synonymous substitutions per synonymous site (Ks) (Li et al., 1985; Li, 1993). Any comparison of Ka and Ks may be used, although it is particularly convenient and most effective to compare these two variables as a ratio. Sequences are identified by exhibiting a statistically significant difference between Ka and Ks using standard statistical methods.
- Preferably, the Ka/Ks analysis by Li et al. is used to carry out the present invention, although other analysis programs that can detect positively selected genes between species can also be used. Li et al. (1985) Mol. Biol. Evol. 2:150 174; Li (1993); see also J. Mol. Evol. 36:96 99; Messier and Stewart (1997) Nature 385:151 154; Nei (1987) Molecular Evolutionary Genetics (New York, Columbia University Press). The Ka/Ks method, which comprises a comparison of the rate of non-synonymous substitutions per non-synonymous site with the rate of synonymous substitutions per synonymous site between homologous protein-coding regions of genes in terms of a ratio, is used to identify sequence substitutions that may be driven by adaptive selections as opposed to neutral selections during evolution. A synonymous (“silent”) substitution is one that, owing to the degeneracy of the genetic code, makes no change to the amino acid sequence encoded; a non-synonymous substitution results in an amino acid replacement. The extent of each type of change can be estimated as Ka and Ks, respectively, the numbers of synonymous substitutions per synonymous site and non-synonymous substitutions per non-synonymous site. Calculations of Ka/Ks may be performed manually or by using software. An example of a suitable program is MEGA (Molecular Genetics Institute, Pennsylvania State University).
- For the purpose of estimating Ka and Ks, either complete or partial protein-coding sequences are used to calculate total numbers of synonymous and non-synonymous substitutions, as well as non-synonymous and synonymous sites. The length of the polynucleotide sequence analyzed can be any appropriate length. Preferably, the entire coding sequence is compared, in order to determine any and all significant changes. Publicly available computer programs, such as Li93 (Li (1993) J. Mol. Evol. 36:96 99) or INA, can be used to calculate the Ka and Ks values for all pairwise comparisons. This analysis can be further adapted to examine sequences in a “sliding window” fashion such that small numbers of important changes are not masked by the whole sequence. “Sliding window” refers to examination of consecutive, overlapping subsections of the gene (the subsections can be of any length).
- The comparison of non-synonymous and synonymous substitution rates is commonly represented by the Ka/Ks ratio. Ka/Ks has been shown to be a reflection of the degree to which adaptive evolution has been at work in the sequence under study. Full length or partial segments of a coding sequence can be used for the Ka/Ks analysis. The higher the Ka/Ks ratio, the more likely that a sequence has undergone adaptive evolution and the non-synonymous substitutions are evolutionarily significant. See, for example, Messier and Stewart (1997).
- Ka/Ks ratios significantly greater than unity strongly suggest that positive selection has fixed greater numbers of amino acid replacements than can be expected as a result of chance alone, and is in contrast to the commonly observed pattern in which the ratio is less than or equal to one. Nei (1987); Hughes and Nei (1988) Nature 335:167 170; Messier and Stewart (1994) Current Biol. 4:911 913; Kreitman and Akashi (1995) Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 26:403 422; Messier and Stewart (1997). Ratios less than one generally signify the role of negative, or purifying selection: there is strong pressure on the primary structure of functional, effective proteins to remain unchanged.
- All methods for calculating Ka/Ks ratios are based on a pairwise comparison of the number of nonsynonymous substitutions per nonsynonymous site to the number of synonymous substitutions per synonymous site for the protein-coding regions of homologous genes from related species. Each method implements different corrections for estimating “multiple hits” (i.e., more than one nucleotide substitution at the same site). Each method also uses different models for how DNA sequences change over evolutionary time. Thus, preferably, a combination of results from different algorithms is used to increase the level of sensitivity for detection of positively-selected genes and confidence in the result.
- It is understood that the methods described herein could lead to the identification of soybean polynucleotide sequences that are functionally related to soybean protein-coding sequences. Such sequences may include, but are not limited to, non-coding sequences or coding sequences that do not encode proteins. These related sequences can be, for example, physically adjacent to the soybean protein-coding sequences in the soybean genome, such as introns or 5′- and 3′-flanking sequences (including control elements such as promoters and enhancers). These related sequences may be obtained via searching a public genome database such as GenBank or, alternatively, by screening and sequencing an appropriate genomic library with a protein-coding sequence as probe. Methods and techniques for obtaining non-coding sequences using related coding sequence are well known to one skilled in the art.
- After candidate genes were identified, the nucleotide sequences of the genes in each orthologous gene pair were carefully verified by standard DNA sequencing techniques and then Ka/Ks analysis was repeated for each carefully sequenced candidate gene pair.
- More specifically to this Example, the software ran through all possible pairwise comparisons between putative orthologs of every gene from cultivated soybean, G. max, as compared to the likely orthologs from the wild species, looking for high Ka/Ks ratios. The software BLASTed (in automated fashion) every mRNA sequence from cultivated soybean against every sequence in the transcriptome that was sequenced from a wild relative, for example, G. pescadrensis. The software then performed Ka/Ks analysis for each gene pair (i.e., each set of ‘orthologs’), flagging the gene pairs with high Ka/Ks scores. The software then compared every G max sequence against every sequence of another wild relative, for example, G. tabacina, again by doing a series of BLASTs, and then sifting through for high Ka/Ks scores. It thus does this for the transcriptome sequence of all the wild species in succession. This gives a set of candidates (see below) for subsequent analysis.
- The software next compared every gene sequence in the transcriptome of G. pescadrensis against every sequence of G. tabacina, again doing BLASTs, etc. It thus ultimately compared all of the expressed genes represented in the utilized cDNA libraries of every soybean species against all the genes of every other soybean species, both wild and cultivated, the goal being to find every gene that shows evidence of positive selection. While software was used to accomplish this analysis it can be accomplished by one skilled in the art using a calculator, i.e., it can all be “done by hand”—the software simply speeds things up.
- The flagged gene pairs that emerged were then individually and carefully re-sequenced in the lab to check the accuracy of the original high-throughput reads; thus false positives were eliminated.
- Next, every remaining candidate gene pair with a high Ka/Ks score was examined to determine if the comparison was truly orthologous, or just an artifactual false positive caused by a paralogous comparison.
- Following are provided the nucleotide sequences of the orthologous genes that were definitely, positively selected based on this analysis. Information about the geographic locations from which each accession was originally collected, as well any other available data about each accession are also given below.
- Glycine microphylla (SEQ ID NO: 4):
-
ttaattcatcactttcatcacccaatccact:cct ctaattaacacccaccaacaccatgGCTTCCCACT TCCTCAAATCCCTCCTTCTCCTCTCCACCTATGCC CTCACCATCTCAGCAGAATACACAGGCTTCGTGGG GACACTAGACCCAAAGTCCATAGGCATACACCACA AGAAAACCCTAAGCCACTTCAGGTTCTACTGGCAC GAAGTCTTCAGCGGAGAAAACCCCACAACGGTTAG AATCATTCCCTCACTCCCCAAATACAACACAACCA CAACCTTCGGTTCCGTTGGAATCTTTGACAACACT TTAACCGTGGGACCTGAGGTGTACTCCAAGGTTGC CGGAAAAGCCGAGGGCTTGTTTGCCTCCACGTCAC AAACGCAGTTTAACCTGTTACTGATTTACAGCTTC GCGTTGACCCAAGGGAAGTACAACGGCAGCACCAT CACGTTCACGGGGAGGAGCCCCCTCTCGGAGAAGG TGAGGGAGCTGCCCATTGTTGGTGGCAGTGGGGTC TTCAAATTTGCCACTGGGTATGTTGAGTCTAGGAC GCTAAGTTTTGATCCCCAAACGAGGAATAACACGG TTCAGTTCGACGTGTATATTTACTATtgatgatta ttgaatgtgttttttacatgttgatgtgttagagc tttggtgtgtgtcacttagtttcta - This sequence is from Accession PI505196 which was collected 30 Jul. 1983. Queensland, Australia. Locality: 5.4 km from road junction (Evelyn) towards Tumoulin. Latitude: 17
deg 32 min S (−17.53333333), Longitude: 145 deg 26 min E (145.43333333) Elevation: 900 meters. - Demonstrated to be resistant to SCN race 3 (Bauer, S., T. Hymowitz, and G. R. Noel. 2007. Soybean cyst nematode resistance derived from Glycine tomentella in amphiploid (G. max×G. tomentella) hybrid lines. Nematropica 37:277-285).
- Glycine pescadrensis (SEQ ID NO: 5):
-
ataaattcttgcattaattcatcactttcatcacc caatccatttcctctaattaacacccaccaaaacc atgGCTTCCCACTTCCTCAAATCCCTCCTTCTCCT CTCCACCTATGCCCTCACCATCTCAGCAGAATACA CAGGCTTCGTGGGCACACTAGACCCAAAGTCCATA GGCATACACCACAAGAAAACCCTAAACCACTTCAG GTTCTACTGGCACGAAGTCTTCAGCGGAGAAAACC CCACATCGGTTAGAATCATTCCCTCACTCCCCAAA TACAACACAACCACAACCTTCGGTTCCGTTGGAAT CTCTGACAACGCTTTAACCGTGGGACCTGAGGTGT ACTCCAAGGTTGTCGGAAAAGCCGAGGGCTTGTTT GTCTCCACGTCACAAACGCAGTTTGACCTGTTACT GATTTACAACTTCGCGTTGACCCAAGGGAAGTACA ACGGCAGCACCATCACGTTCACGGGGAGGAGCCCC CTCTCGGAGAAGGTGAGGGAGCTGCCCATTGTAGG TGGCAGTGGGGTCTTCAAATTTTCCACTGGGTAT GTTGAGTCTAGGACGCTAAGTTTTGATCCCCAAA CGAGGAATAACACGGTTCAGTTCGACGTGTATATT TACTATtgatgattattgaatgtgttttttccat gttgatgtgttatagctttggtatgtgtcacttag tttcta - This sequence is from Accession PI537287, which was collected 7 Apr. 1988. Taiwan. Locality: Military area, Sea Stride (Penghu Bridge), Paisha Island, Pescadores Islands. Latitude: 23 deg 40 min 0 sec N (23.66666667), Longitude: 119 deg 34 min 48 sec E (119.58). Elevation: 5 meters.
- Glycine tabacina (New South Wales, Australia, SEQ ID NO: 6):
-
catcacccaatccact:cctctaattaacacccac caacaccatgGCTTCCCACTTCCTCAAATCCCTCC TTCTCCTCTCCACCTATGCCCTCACCATCTCAGCA GAATACACAGGCTTCGTGGGGACACTAGACCCAAA GTCCATAGGCATACACCACAAGAAAACCCTAAGCC ACTTCAGGTTCTACTGGCACGAAGTCTTCAGCGGA GAAAACCCCACAACGGTTAGAATCATTCCCTCACT CCCCAAATACAACACAACCACAACCTTCGGTTCCG TTGGAATCTTTGACAACACTTTAACCGTGGGACCT GAGGTGTACTCTAAGGTTGCCGGAAAAGCCGAGGG CTTGTTTGCCTCCACGTCACAAACGCAGTTTAACC TGTTACTGATTTACAGCTTCGCGTTGACCCAAGGG AAGTACAACGGCAGCACCATCACGTTCACGGGGAG GAGCCCCCTCTCGGAGAAGGTGAGGGAGCTGCCCA TTGTTGGTGGCAGTGGGGTCTTCAAATTTGCCACT GGGTATGTTGAGTCTAGGACGCTAAGTTTTGATCC CCAAACGAGGAATAACACGGTTCAGTTCGACGTGT ATATTTACTATtgatgattattgaatgtgtttttt acatgttgatgtgttagagctttggtgtgtgtcac ttagtttcta - This sequence is from G. tabacina Accession PI446968, collected in: New South Wales, Australia, and some time prior to 1980. Locality: Toward west Wyalong, 35 km from Condobolin. Latitude: 33 deg 20 min S (−33.33333333), Longitude: 147 deg 8 min E (147.13333333) Elevation: 260 meters.
- Demonstrated to be resistant to SCN race 3 (Bauer, S., T. Hymowitz, and G. R. Noel. 2007. Soybean cyst nematode resistance derived from Glycine tomentella in amphiploid (G. max×G. tomentella) hybrid lines. Nematropica 37:277-285).
- Glycine tabacina (Taiwan, SEQ ID NO: 7):
-
cctacttcgatgcttcccccaccttataaattctt gcattaattcatcactttcatcacccaatccattt cctctaattaacacccaccaaaaccatgGCTTCCC ACTTCCTCAAATCCCTCCTTCTCCTCTCCACCTAT GCCCTCACCATCTCAGCAGAATACACAGGCTTCGT GGGCACACTAGACCCAAAGTCCATAGGCATACACC ACAAGAAAACCCTAAACCACTTCAGGTTCTACTGG CACGAAGTCTTCAGCGGAGAAAACCCCACATCGGT TAGAATCATTCCCTCACTCCCCAAATACAACACAA CCACAACCTTCGGTTCCGTTGGAATCTCTGACAAC GCTTTAACCGTGGGACCTGAGGTGTACTCCAAGGT TGTCGGAAAAGCCGAGGGCTTGTTTGTCTCCACGT CACAAACGCAGTTTGACCTGTTACTGATTTACAAC TTCGCGTTGACCCAAGGGAAGTACAACGGCAGCAC CATCACGTTCACGGGGAGGAGCCCCCTCTCGGAGA AGGTGAGGGAGCTGCCCATTGTAGGTGGCAGTGGG GTCTTCAAATTTTCCACTGGGTATGTTGAGTCTAG GACGCTAAGTTTTGATCCCCAAACGAGGAATAACA CGGTTCAGTTCGACGTGTATATTTACTATtgatga ttattgaatgtgttttttccatgttgatgtgttat agctttggtatgtgtcacttagtttcta - This sequence is from G. tabacina Accession PI559281, collected in Penghu, Taiwan, 8 Apr. 1988. Locality: Airport (NE) on Chimei Island. Latitude: 23
deg 33 min 48 sec N (23.5633577), Longitude: 119 deg 37 min 41 sec E (119.628067). - Demonstrated to be resistant to SCN race 3 (Bauer, S., T. Hymowitz, and G. R. Noel. 2007. Soybean cyst nematode resistance derived from Glycine tomentella in amphiploid (G. max×G. tomentella) hybrid lines. Nematropica 37:277-285.)
- Glycine tomentella (An alternate name for this species, used in some literature, is G. latifolia.) (Australia, SEQ ID NO: 8):
-
cacctacttcgatgcttccccccaccttataaatt cttgcattaattcatcactttcatcacccaatcca tttcctctaattaacacccaccaaaaccatgGCTT CCCACTTCCTCAAATCCCTCCTTCTCCTCTCCACC TATGCCCTCACCATCTCAGCAGAATACACAGGCTT CGTGGGCACACTAGACCCAAAGTCCATAGGCATAC ACCACAAGAAAACCCTAAACCACTTCAGGTTCTAC TGGCACGAAGTCTTCAGCGGAGAAAACCCCACATC GGTTAGAATCATTCCCTCACTCCCCAAATACAACA CAACCACAACCTTCGGTTCCGTTGGAATCTCTGAC AACGCTTTAACCGTGGGACCTGAGGTGTACTCCAA GGTTGTCGGAAAAGCCGAGGGCTTGTTTGTCTCCA CGTCACAAACGCAGTTTGACCTGTTACTGATTTAC AACTTCGCGTTGACCCAAGGGAAGTACAACGGCAG CACCATCACGTTCACGGGGAGGAGCCCCCTCTCGG AGAAGGTGAGGGAGCTGCCCATTGTAGGTGGCAGT GGGGTCTTCAAATTTTCCACTGGGTATGTTGAGTC TAGGATGCTAAGTTTTGATCCCCAAACGAGGAATA ACACGGTTCAGTTCGACGTGTATATTTACTATtga tgattattgaatgtgttttttccatgttgatgtgt tatagctttggtatgtgtcacttagtttctatata agtttccama - This sequence is from G. tomentella Accession PI 499946, collected in New South Wales, Australia. Locality: Delungra. Latitude: 29 deg 39 min 0 sec S (−29.65), Longitude: 150 deg 50 min E (150.83333333) Elevation: 600 meters.
- Demonstrated to be resistant to SCN (Bauer, S., T. Hymowitz, and G. R. Noel. 2007. Soybean cyst nematode resistance derived from Glycine tomentella in amphiploid (G. max×G. tomentella) hybrid lines. Nematropica 37:277-285).
- All of the above EG261 sequences from the wild relatives of G. max are all “copy A” (as given above for G. max). Copy A from each wild species has been strongly positively selected as compared to copy A of G. max. In addition, when compared to each other (i.e., not compared only to cultivated soybeans) EG261 copy A from each wild species examined has been strongly positively selected relative to each of the other wild species. This suggests that each wild species has likely been confronted by several different races of SCN, as well as by different species and even categories of pathogens (such as bacteria, fungi, insects, and nematodes) so that each wild species of soybean has thus likely evolved/achieved resistance to multiple SCN races.
- Our demonstration of the clear episodes of positive selection in the wild soybean species, relative to each of the other wild species, suggests strongly that the orthologs of EG261 from each of these wild species is of value for creating SCN resistance in cultivated soybeans.
- Plants from wild, related species containing the orthologs identified according to Example 2 were assayed for their actual ability to confer resistance. In this example, wild soybean species of the genus Glycine were tested for their innate ability to resist challenge by soybean cyst nematode (SCN). Germplasm accessions were obtained from the National Plant Germplasm System (NPGS).
- Seeds were geminated and seedlings were tested for SCN resistance in conical cone-tainers. (Niblack, T., Tylka, G. L., Arelli, P., Bond, J., Diers, B., Donald, P., Faghihi, J., Ferris, V. R., Gallo, K., Heinz, R. D., Lopez-Nicora, H., Von Qualen, R., Welacky, T., and Wilcox, J. 2009. A standard greenhouse method for assessing soybean cyst nematode resistance in soybean: SCE08 (standardized cyst evaluation 2008). Online. Plant Health Progress doi:10.1094/PHP-2009-0513-01-RV.)
- For those species that were confirmed to have innate ability to resist SCN, RNAs from several tissues (including root, stem, and leaf) were flash-frozen and both genomic DNA and RNA were prepared from the frozen tissues. RNAs from multiple tissues from each plant then were pooled for subsequent construction of cDNA libraries (one library per species). High-throughput 454 Titanium sequencing was performed for each cDNA library. It is noted, however, that any suitable high-throughput sequencing format would have been acceptable and using this particular method was not critical to the success of these experiments.
- The resulting transcriptome sequence datasets for each species were analyzed in order to identify any positively selected transcripts using proprietary analysis software of Evolutionary Genomics, Inc.
- Candidate genes were verified using protocols in transgenic soybean plants that test for effectiveness in protecting the transformed soybean plants from attack by the SCN organism as well as the Phytophthora fungus. We report here results from experiments where RNAi is used to knock out EG261 in an SCN-resistant line (Fayette). After knockout, the normally resistant Fayette line became SCN sensitive. The control for this experiment was RNAi silencing of EG261 in the Williams 82, which is SCN-sensitive: no difference in sensitivity was observed after silencing of EG261 in this line. These experiments are interpreted to mean that resistance to SCN is conferred by the EG261 gene; if one knocks out the EG261 allele in SCN-resistant lines, the result is that SCN resistance is then lost. (Interestingly, the allele of EG261 in the SCN-sensitive William 82 line is already either non-functional or at least not very effective in conferring SCN-resistance, so that silencing of the EG261 allele does not change the SCN-sensitive phonotype of Williams 82.) Importantly, the resistant line (Fayette) is one that was created by cross-breeding to soybean land-races that display SCN-resistance. (It is believed that the land-races became SCN-resistant because of introgression with wild SCN-resistant soybean species.)
- Construct pG2RNAi2 was produced carrying a hairpin to silence the target gene EG261 and the constructs were used to produce transgenic roots in the soybean variety ‘Fayette.’ Two replications of SCN demographics experiments were conducted for the ‘Fayette’ transgenic roots. For a detailed description of the test protocol used herein, see Melito et al. (2010) A nematode demographics assay in transgenic roots reveals no significant impacts of the Rhg1 locus LRR-Kinase on soybean cyst nematode resistance, BMC Plant Biology 10:104, 14 pages.
- Approximately 250 hatched J2 nematodes were placed near the tip of each transgenic soybean root, with root identities blinded by assignment of randomized numbers. After two weeks, roots were fixed and stained with acid fuchsin and the number and growth stage of all nematodes within or attached to each root was assessed (average 76 total nematodes per root).
- In the first of two replicate experiments, in the ‘Fayette’ transgenic roots, expression levels of EG261 are on average about 12% of Fayette wild-type. 11 of 14 transgenic roots had silencing >50% and were included; 3 roots were excluded due to poor silencing. In the second replicate experiment, tissue was saved but silencing was not checked. Therefore, all of the data was included (hence the phenotypic impact of silencing may be masked a bit due to inclusion of some non-silenced roots in the data that was obtained).
- Data show significant shift toward susceptibility (
FIG. 1 ). Bars show the proportion of nematode population on each root that advanced past the J2 stage (mean±std.error). F: Fayette (SCN-resistant); W: Williams 82 (SCN-susceptible); EV: transformed with empty vector; hp: transformed with EG261 hairpin gene silencing construct; Ox: transformed with construct expressing Glyma01g31770 under control of strong G. max ubiquitin promoter. ANOVA P value for similarity of means is 0.005 for F EV compared to F hp, and 0.97 for W EV compared to W Ox. - The control for this experiment was RNAi silencing of EG261 in the soybean cultivar Williams 82, which is SCN-sensitive: no difference in sensitivity was observed after silencing of EG261 in this line. These experiments were interpreted to mean that resistance to SCN is conferred by the EG261 gene; if one knocks out the EG261 allele in SCN-resistant lines, the result is that SCN resistance is then lost. However, the allele of EG261 in the sensitive William 82 line is already either non-functional or at least not very effective in conferring SCN-resistance, so that silencing of the EG261 allele does not change the SCN-sensitive phonotype of Williams 82. Importantly, the resistant line (Fayette) is one that was created by cross-breeding to soybean land-races that display SCN-resistance. (It is believed that the land-races became SCN-resistant because of introgression with wild SCN-resistant soybean species.) This is strong evidence for the role of EG261 in influencing/controlling SCN resistance in soybeans.
- ‘Big Boy’ tomato plants can be transformed with a construct containing EG261 using standard transformation technology for tomato plants. See, e.g., Antonio Di Matteo, Maria Manuela Rigano, Adriana Sacco, Luigi Frusciante and Amalia Barone (2011). Genetic Transformation in Tomato: Novel Tools to Improve Fruit Quality and Pharmaceutical Production, Genetic Transformation, Prof. MarÃ-a Alvarez (Ed.), ISBN: 978-953-307-364-4, InTech.
- Transformation of tomato plants with a construct containing EG261 can be accomplished with either the cultivated/the wild soybean orthologs included in this patent, or with the tomato ortholog (SEQ ID NO 16) of the EG261 gene.
- The transformed tomato plants can be tested for disease resistance as compared to the untransformed, control ‘Big Boy’ tomato plants.
- Diseases which can be tested for conferred or enhanced pathogen tolerance and/or resistance as a result of such transformation include root rot caused by Rhizoctonia solani, Fusarium solani and Sclerotiumrolfsii. For procedures used to test for tolerance/resistance to these root diseases see, e.g., Abd-El-Kareem, F., Nehal S. El-Mougy, Nadia G. El-Gamal and Y. O. Fotouh (2006) Use of Chitin and Chitosan Against Tomato Root Rot Disease under Greenhouse Conditions Research, Journal of Agriculture and Biological Sciences, 2(4): 147-152.
- The transformed tomato plants showing conferred and/or enhanced resistance to one or more of these root diseases can be tested to confirm the presence of EG261 by using one or more of the following procedures: (a) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and amplifying sequences homologous to the EG261 polynucleotide; (b) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and performing a Southern hybridization to detect the EG261 polynucleotide; (c) isolating proteins from said plant and performing a Western Blot using antibodies to a protein encoded by the EG261 polynucleotide; and/or (d) demonstrating the presence of mRNA sequences derived from a EG261 polynucleotide mRNA transcript and unique to the EG261 polynucleotide.
- A ‘Big Boy’ tomato plant with a conferred copy of the coding sequence for EG261 as obtained in Example 6 can be crossed to a plant of the ‘Early Girl’ variety and the resultant progeny can be tested for tolerance/resistance to the three root diseases.
- The presence of the EG261 polynucleotide can be confirmed in the resultant ‘Early Girl’ progeny according to the procedures set forth in Example 5.
- In a further procedure, the transformed ‘Early Girl’ tomato plant can be backcrossed one or more times to ‘Early Girl’ to produce a near isogenic or isogenic ‘Early Girl’ tomato with the coding sequence for EG261.
- ‘B73’ and/or ‘Mo17’ inbred maize plants can be transformed with a construct containing EG261 using standard transformation technology for maize. See, e.g., Sidorov and Duncan, 2008 (Agrobacterium-Mediated Maize Transformation: Immature Embryos Versus Callus, Methods in Molecular Biology, 526:47-58); Frame et al., 2002 (Agrobacterium tumefaciens-Mediated Transformation of Maize Embryos Using a Standard Binary Vector System, Plant Physiology, May 2002, Vol. 129, pp. 13-22); and, Ahmadabadi et al., 2007 (A leaf-based regeneration and transformation system for maize (Zea mays L.), TransgenicRes. 16, 437-448).
- Transformation of maize plants with a construct containing EG261 can be accomplished with either the cultivated/the wild soybean orthologs included in this patent, or with the maize ortholog of these EG261 genes.
- The transformed maize plants can be tested for nematode/pest resistance as compared to the untransformed, control ‘B73’ or ‘Mo17’ maize plants. For procedures used to test for tolerance/resistance to nematodes see, e.g., Sasser, et al. (1984) Standardization of Host Suitability Studies and Reporting of Resistance to Root-Knot Nematodes, Crop Nematode Research & Control Project (CNRCP), a cooperative publication of The Department of Plant Pathology, North Carolina State University and the United States Agency for International Development, North Carolina State University Graphics, Raleigh, N.C., 10 pages; and, Cook, R. and K. Evans (1987) Resistance and Tolerance, In: Principles and practice of nematode control in plants, R. H. Brown and B. R. Kerry (editors), pg. 179-231.
- The transformed maize plants showing conferred and/or enhanced resistance to one or more races of nematodes can be tested to confirm the presence of EG261 by using one or more of the following procedures: (a) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and amplifying sequences homologous to the EG261 polynucleotide; (b) isolating nucleic acid molecules from said plant and performing a Southern hybridization to detect the EG261 polynucleotide; (c) isolating proteins from said plant and performing a Western Blot using antibodies to a protein encoded by the EG261 polynucleotide; and/or (d) demonstrating the presence of mRNA sequences derived from a EG261 polynucleotide mRNA transcript and unique to the EG261 polynucleotide.
- The transformed maize plants with confirmed tolerance and/or resistance to one or more nematode races can be maintained by self-pollinating the plants, harvesting the resultant seed and growing the resistant plants from such harvested seed.
- A ‘B73’ or ‘Mo17’ corn inbred plant with a conferred copy of the coding sequence for EG261 as obtained in Example 7 can be crossed to a transformed or non-transformed inbred ‘Mo17’ B73′ plant, respectively, and the resultant hybrid F1 progeny can be tested for tolerance/resistance to nematodes.
- The presence of the EG261 polynucleotide can be confirmed in the resultant hybrid progeny according to the procedures set forth in Example 7.
- In a further procedure, the transformed hybrid maize plant can be backcrossed one or more times to its recurrent parent (i.e., either ‘B73’ or ‘Mo17’ as applicable) to produce a near isogenic or isogenic maize inbred with the coding sequence for EG261.
- Overexpression of EG261 was tested using two replications of the soybean variety ‘Williams 82.’ For a detailed description of the test protocol used herein, see Melito et al. (2010) A nematode demographics assay in transgenic roots reveals no significant impacts of the Rhg1 locus LRR-Kinase on soybean cyst nematode resistance, BMC Plant Biology 10:104, 14 pages.
- Expression level in “overexpression roots” was found to be 4.3-fold greater, however native EG261 gene is expressed very highly, only 5-fold less than ubiquitin, so these expression levels appear to be consistent with expectations.
- Data show no significance difference from normal ‘Williams 82’ (i.e., without overexpression of EG261), but these inconclusive results are probably because expression levels were not as rigorously controlled as was desirable.
- Using analysis techniques derived from molecular evolutionary biology, gene sequences from the cultivated (i.e., domesticated) soybean, Glycine max, were used to identify orthologous genes from other plant species. The following table 2 provides the SEQ ID Nos. of the nucleotide sequences of genes that are orthologous to the positively selected soybean EG261 copy A gene. Predicted amino acid sequences, and information about the geographic locations from which each accession was originally collected, as well any other available information about each accession are also given below.
-
TABLE 2 Nucleotide Amino acid Geographic locations sequence sequence and accession Plant species SEQ ID NO. SEQ ID NO. information Solanum lycopersicum (or 16 25 cultivated tomato Solanum esculentum) Solanum peruvianum 17 26 Peruvian tomato, a.k.a., Peruvian nightshade Solanum chmielewskii 18 27 Solanum habrochaites 19 28 Solanum corneliomulleri 20 29 Capsicum annuum 21 30 chili pepper Capsicum annuum 22 31 hot pepper Solanum melongena 23 32 eggplant Solanum tuberosum 24 33 potato Phaseolus vulgaris 34 37 Common bean varieties “Blue Lake” (a bush type snap bean that was developed from the Blue Lake Pole bean), Henderson Bush Lima Bean (bean variety dates to 1885), Dixie Speckled Butterpea Lima Bean, Hidatsa Red Indian, and Kabouli Black Garbanzo Asian Bean (collected in Kabul, Afghanistan) Phaseolus vulgaris 35 38 Common bean variety Scarlet Emperor (dates at least to 1750, was originally from Central America) Phaseolus vulgaris 36 39 Jacob's Cattle Bean Coffea arabica 40 43 coffee plant, Allele A Coffea arabica 41 44 coffee plant, Allele B Capsicum annuum 42 45 cultivated pepper (“ornamental” pepper) Zea mays 46 51 Sorghum sp. 47 52 Oryza sativa, 48 53 Triticum sp. 49 54 Hordeum sp. 50 55 Gossypium hirsutum 56 57 Variety FJ600364 Gossypium hirsutum 58 59 Variety FJ600365 64 65 Vigna unguiculata (Cowpea) 60 61 Monkey tail (collected in Africa) Vigna unguiculata (Cowpea) 62 63 Pea, varieties Risina Del Trasiorfino (collected in Perugia, Italy) and Shanty Pea (collected in South Carolina, USA) - The gene orthologs from wild, related species can be assayed for their ability to confer resistance. (In this example, corresponding wild plant species can also be tested for their innate ability to resist challenge by one or more parasitic nematodes. Seeds are germinated and seedlings are tested for resistance to one or more parasitic nematodes by any suitable standard testing methods.)
- For each species examined, the species-specific ortholog of EG261 can be analyzed for evidence of positive selection, using proprietary analysis software of Evolutionary Genomics, Inc. Orthologs that appear to have been positively selected can then be assayed for the ability to confer resistance as described for soybean (G. max) in Examples 3 and 4.
- Constructs are produced carrying an RNAi silencing DNA fragment (e.g., a hairpin, a double strand, an antisense, an inverted repeat, etc.) targeting each one of the EG261 orthologs isolated in Example 10. These constructs are used to produce transgenic plants for each plant species.
- Hatched J2 nematodes are placed near the tip of each transgenic plant. After a time sufficient for nematode infection, roots are fixed and stained with acid fuchsin and the number and growth stage of all nematodes within or attached to each root is assessed.
- Data shows significant shift toward susceptibility in one or more transgenic plant Species Compared to their Corresponding Wild-Type Nematode-Resistant Control Plant Species.
- In some embodiments, the EG261 orthologs conferring nematode resistance isolated according to the present invention from one plant species can be introduced into a nematode-susceptible plant of the same species in order to create nematode resistance into the plant.
- However, in some other embodiments, the EG261 orthologs of the present invention isolated from one plant species can be introduced into a nematode-susceptible plant of different species of the same genus, or a plant species of different genus in order to introduce nematode resistance into the plant.
- For example, a gene encoding any one of the proteins of SEQ ID NOs: 9-15 which were isolated from soybean can be also introduced into other plant species, such as Solanaceae species (e.g., Solanum lycopersicum, Solanum chemielewskii, Solanum habrochaites, Solanum corneliomulleri, Capsicum annuum, Solanum melongena, Solanum tuberosum), Phaseolus vulgaris, Vigna unguiculata, Coffee arabica, Zea mays, Sorghum spp., Oryza sativa, Triticum spp. Hordeum spp., Gossypium hirsutum, and Heliotropium curassavicum. Similarly, a gene encoding anyone of the proteins of SEQ ID NOs: 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 37, 38, 39, 43, 44, 45, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 64, and 65 can be introduced into other plant species.
- Following the methods described in Example 11, plant species comprising a heterologous EG261 gene or an ortholog thereof are created and tested. The results will confirm that one or more EG261 genes or orthologs thereof can introduce nematode resistance when heterologously expressed in a plant species different from the plant species from which the heterologous EG261 genes or orthologs thereof were isolated.
- This example shows that a gain-of-SCN-resistance phenotype in a previously SCN-sensitive soybean cultivar was observed when the EG261 ortholog from a wild SCN-resistant soybean species (Glycine pescadrensis) was transformed into the SCN-sensitive ‘Williams 82’ soybean cultivar. That is, by using transformation (knock-in) a cultivated SCN-sensitive soybean cultivar becomes SCN resistant. In fact, the level of resistance achieved is roughly equivalent to that of the only known commercially-available SCN-resistant soybean cultivar. The results indicate that, by using an EG261 ortholog isolated from a nematode resistant plant to transform a plant that one can achieve SCN suppression, to near zero in some cases, in that plant.
- More specifically, EG261 orthologs from 2 species, (G. pescadrensis and G. microphylla) were tested.
- The G. pescadrensis EG261 ORF with 5′ and 3′ UTR was PCR amplified from cDNA and ligated into pCR8. A NOS terminator was cloned into pSM101-Gmubi to create an over-expression construct with a strong promoter and terminator. The G. pescadrensis EG261 ORF was excised from pCR8 (5′ PstI, 3′ BamHI) and ligated into pSM101-Gmubi-NOS. Vector pSM101—Gmubi—G. pescadrensis EG261—NOS was verified by sequencing.
- Similarly, the G. microphylla EG261 ORF with UTR was PCR-amplified from cDNA and ligated into pCR8. A NOS terminator was cloned into pSM101-Gmubi to create an over-expression construct with a strong promoter and terminator. The G. microphylla EG261 ORF was excised from pCR8 (5′ PstI, 3′ BamHI) and ligated into pSM101-Gmubi-NOS. Vector pSM101—Gmubi—G. microphylla EG261—NOS was verified by sequencing. These constructs were transformed into Agrobacterium rhizogenes. Cotyledons of SCN-susceptible genotype (‘Williams 82’) and SCN-resistant genotype (‘Fayette’) were germinated and then transformed with Agrobacterium containing these EG261 over-expression constructs. Hairy roots emerged from these cotyledons and GFP positive roots (those expressing the genes of interest as well as an empty control vector) were harvested and subcultured (approximately 10 roots per genotype with each construct). SCN cysts were crushed and eggs hatched to produce infective juveniles (J2). Approximately 220 sterile J2 were placed onto these transgenic hairy roots.
- The second-stage juvenile, or J2, is the only life stage that soybean cyst nematode can penetrate roots. The first-stage juvenile occurs in the egg, and third- and fourth-stages occur in the roots. The J2 enters the root moving through the plant cells to the vascular tissue where it feeds. The J2 induces cell division in the root to form specialized feeding sites. As the nematode feeds, it swells. The female swells so much that her posterior end bursts out of the root and she becomes visible to the naked eye. In contrast, the adult male regains a wormlike shape, and he leaves the root in order to find and fertilize the large females. The female continues to feed as she lays 200 to 400 eggs in a yellow gelatinous matrix, forming an egg sac which remains inside her. She then dies and her cuticle hardens forming a cyst. The eggs may hatch when conditions in the soil are favorable, the larvae developing inside the cyst and the biological cycle repeating itself. There are usually three generations in the year. In the autumn or in unfavorable conditions, the cysts containing dormant larvae may remain intact in the soil for several years. The juvenile molts to the J3 and begins enlarging as the reproductive system develops. Nematodes which become females are no longer able to leave the root. They continue to enlarge as they go through the J3 and J4 stages. During this time, cells around the head of the nematode enlarge to form nurse cells or giant cells. For root-knot nematode, galls will typically develop on the root. Upon becoming adults, root-knot nematodes will begin to lay eggs (up to several hundred) which are contained in a gelatinous matrix at the posterior end of the body. The egg mass may be within the root or partly or wholly exposed on the root surface while the swollen body of the female remains within the root. Therefore, we count the J2 and J3 numbers to assess the extent of the nematode infestation.
- As mentioned above, variety ‘Williams’ was used as a SCN susceptible cultivar and variety ‘Fayette’ was used as a SCN-resistant control. Experimental results are provided in table 3 below. The testing methods used herein are described in Melito et al. (BMC Plant Biology, 2010, 10:104, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In the following table, “EV” refers to ‘empty vector’, i.e., a control plant that has been transformed with a vector construct that lacks the experimental gene but that otherwise consists of the complete vector. “OX” refers to ‘over-expression’, i.e., those experimental plants in which the vector contains the experimental EG261 ortholog, and the experimental knock-in gene is actively expressed at high levels. “Will” refers to the SCN-sensitive Williams 82 soybean cultivar, while “Fay” refers to the normally SCN-resistant soybean cultivar. “Mic” refers to the EG261 ortholog derived from G. microphylla, while “Pesc” refers to the EG261 ortholog derived from G. pescadrensis.
-
TABLE 3 J3 J3 & Above/Total Sample J2 (and >+ Males) Notes (J2 + J3 and Above) 1 32 13 0.289 2 38 7 0.156 3 8 9 0.529 4 24 19 3 males 0.442 5 11 3 0.214 6 14 19 0.576 7 19 12 Confusing 0.387 8 20 3 2 males 0.130 9 16 25 0.610 10 22 27 2 males 0.551 11 8 6 0.429 12 10 9 0.474 13 30 10 6 males 0.250 14 38 4 0.095 15 22 5 0.185 16 50 41 0.451 17 37 21 0.362 18 32 13 0.289 19 4 9 0.692 20 18 20 0.526 21 4 16 0.800 22 5 20 0.800 23 24 6 5 Faint stain 0.455 25 32 16 0.333 26 8 16 0.667 27 8 9 Faint stain 0.529 28 9 5 0.357 29 8 11 0.579 30 14 5 0.263 31 10 23 8 males 0.697 32 40 9 0.184 33 3 10 0.769 34 8 13 0.619 35 11 5 Faint - Not 0.313 confident at all 36 3 7 0.700 37 2 9 0.818 38 5 7 0.583 39 3 10 0.769 40 7 7 0.500 41 4 11 0.733 42 8 6 Faint, hard to 0.429 count 43 27 9 0.250 44 6 11 0.647 45 15 9 0.375 46 67 20 0.230 J3/Total SE Williams EV (45, 37, 36, 14, 28, 44, 35, 34, 9, 0.551 0.052 11, 41, 6, 10, 21, 4) Will Mic OX (19, 42, 31, 20, 26, 39, 22, 12, 7, 0.546 0.043 40, 30, 3, 47, 17, 23) Will Pesc OX (15, 48, 2, 33, 1, 18, 13, 16, 5) 0.325 0.064 Fay EV (8, 27, 43, 25, 46, 29, 38, 24) 0.337 0.059 - Examination of the results make clear that transformation with the EG261 ortholog from G. pescadrensis causes the normally SCN-sensitive Williams 82 cultivar to acquire a level of SCN-resistance that approximates that of the SCN-resistant cultivar Fayette. Although the G. microphylla ortholog didn't appear to show obvious SCN suppression in the initial assessment, this may not rule out the effectiveness of the G. microphylla EG261 ortholog, given the number of variables that can affect transformation experiments. (We are repeating this first-pass experiment for the G. microphylla ortholog.) In contrast, the EG261 ortholog from G. pescadrensis is clearly capable of conferring resistance to SCN when introduced into SCN-sensitive soybean plants. We are currently investigating the effectiveness of EG261 orthologs from additional wild soybean relatives that are SCN tolerant.
- Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and materials, similar or equivalent to those described herein, can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, the preferred methods and materials are described herein. All publications, patents, patent publications, and nucleic acid and amino acid sequences cited are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety for all purposes.
- The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention.
- While the invention has been described in connection with specific embodiments thereof, it will be understood that it is capable of further modifications and this application is intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of the invention following, in general, the principles of the invention and including such departures from the present disclosure as come within known or customary practice within the art to which the invention pertains and as may be applied to the essential features hereinbefore set forth and as follows in the scope of the appended claims.
Claims (21)
1-38. (canceled)
39. A transgenic tomato plant, plant part, plant cell, or plant tissue culture comprising a construct comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding an EG261 polypeptide having at least 95% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 15, wherein said transgenic tomato plant, or a transgenic tomato plant produced from said transgenic plant part, plant cell, or plant tissue culture, expresses said EG261 polypeptide, and has enhanced tolerance and/or resistance to at least one root disease to control tomato plants, and wherein root disease is a root rot disease caused by Rhizoctonia solani, Fusarium solani and Sclerotiumrolfsii.
40. The transgenic tomato plant, plant part, plant cell, or plant tissue culture of claim 39 , wherein the construct further comprises a gene termination sequence.
41. The transgenic tomato plant, plant part, plant cell, or plant tissue culture of claim 40 , wherein the gene termination sequence is a nopaline synthase (NOS) terminator.
42. The transgenic tomato plant, plant part, plant cell, or plant tissue culture of claim 39 , wherein the construct is an overexpression construct.
43. The transgenic tomato plant, plant part, plant cell, or plant tissue culture of claim 42 , wherein the overexpression construct comprises a gene termination sequence.
44. A method for producing a transgenic tomato plant having enhanced tolerance and/or resistance to tat least one root disease, said method comprising:
(i) transforming a tomato plant cell with a construct comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding an EG261 polypeptide having at least 95% identity to SEQ ID NO: 15; and
(ii) cultivating the transgenic tomato cell under conditions conducive to regeneration and mature plant growth;
wherein the transgenic tomato plant regenerated from said transgenic plant cell expresses said EG261 polypeptide, and has enhanced tolerance and/or resistance to at least one root disease compared to control tomato plants, and wherein root disease is a root rot disease caused by Rhizoctonia solani, Fusarium solani and Sclerotiumrolfsii.
45. The method of claim 44 , wherein the construct is an overexpression construct.
46. A method of producing hybrid tomato seed, said method comprising crossing the transgenic tomato plant of claim 39 with another tomato plant, and harvesting a resultant seed, wherein the resultant seed comprises the nucleic acid sequence encoding the EG261 polypeptide.
47. A hybrid tomato plant, or part thereof, produced by growing the seed of claim 46 .
48. A progeny plant of the tomato plant produced by the seed produced by the method of claim 46 , wherein the progeny tomato plant has enhanced tolerance and/or resistance to the at least one root disease compared to an control tomato plant, wherein the progeny plant comprises the nucleic acid encoding the EG261 polypeptide.
49. A method of breeding tomato plants to produce plants with enhanced tolerance and/or resistance to at least one root disease, said method comprising:
(i) making a cross between a first transgenic tomato plant of claim 39 with a second plant to produce an F1 plant;
(ii) backcrossing the F1 plant to the second plant; and
(iii) repeating the backcrossing step one or more times to generate a near isogenic or isogenic line,
wherein the construct comprising the nucleic acid sequence encoding the EG261 polypeptide is integrated into the genome of the second plant and the near isogenic or isogenic line derived from the second plant with the nucleic acid sequence encoding the EG261 polypeptide has enhanced pathogen tolerance and/or resistance to at least one root disease compared to that of the second plant without said nucleic acid sequence, and wherein root disease is a root rot disease caused by Rhizoctonia solani, Fusarium solani and Sclerotiumrolfsii.
50. The method of claim 49 , wherein the second plant is Glycine max.
51. The transgenic tomato plant, plant part, plant cell, or plant tissue culture of claim 39 , wherein the nucleic acid sequence encodes an EG261 polypeptide having at least 97% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 15.
52. The transgenic tomato plant, plant part, plant cell, or plant tissue culture of claim 39 , wherein the nucleic acid sequence encodes an EG261 polypeptide having at least 98% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 15.
53. The transgenic tomato plant, plant part, plant cell, or plant tissue culture of claim 39 , wherein the nucleic acid sequence encodes an EG261 polypeptide having at least 99% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 15.
54. The transgenic tomato plant, plant part, plant cell, or plant tissue culture of claim 39 , wherein the nucleic acid sequence encodes an EG261 polypeptide having 100% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 15.
55. The method for producing a transgenic tomato plant having enhanced tolerance and/or resistance to the at least one root disease of claim 44 , wherein the nucleic acid sequence encodes an EG261 polypeptide having at least 97% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 15.
56. The method for producing a transgenic tomato plant having enhanced tolerance and/or resistance to the at least one root disease of claim 44 , wherein the nucleic acid sequence encodes an EG261 polypeptide having at least 98% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 15.
57. The method for producing a transgenic tomato plant having enhanced tolerance and/or resistance to the at least one root disease of claim 44 , wherein the nucleic acid sequence encodes an EG261 polypeptide having at least 99% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 15.
58. The method for producing a transgenic tomato plant having enhanced tolerance and/or resistance to the at least one root disease of claim 44 , wherein the nucleic acid sequence encodes an EG261 polypeptide having 100% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 15.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/563,451 US20220372508A1 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2021-12-28 | Dirigent gene eg261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201261652029P | 2012-05-25 | 2012-05-25 | |
US201361789463P | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | |
US13/901,071 US9834783B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2013-05-23 | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
US15/800,179 US10577625B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2017-11-01 | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
US16/748,957 US20200392531A1 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2020-01-22 | Dirigent gene eg261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
US17/563,451 US20220372508A1 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2021-12-28 | Dirigent gene eg261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/748,957 Continuation US20200392531A1 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2020-01-22 | Dirigent gene eg261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220372508A1 true US20220372508A1 (en) | 2022-11-24 |
Family
ID=49622639
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/901,071 Active 2035-07-15 US9834783B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2013-05-23 | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
US13/949,035 Active US8710300B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2013-07-23 | Expression of dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs enhances pathogen resistance in plants |
US15/800,179 Active 2033-09-12 US10577625B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2017-11-01 | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
US16/748,957 Abandoned US20200392531A1 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2020-01-22 | Dirigent gene eg261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
US17/563,451 Abandoned US20220372508A1 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2021-12-28 | Dirigent gene eg261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/901,071 Active 2035-07-15 US9834783B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2013-05-23 | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
US13/949,035 Active US8710300B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2013-07-23 | Expression of dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs enhances pathogen resistance in plants |
US15/800,179 Active 2033-09-12 US10577625B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2017-11-01 | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
US16/748,957 Abandoned US20200392531A1 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2020-01-22 | Dirigent gene eg261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US9834783B2 (en) |
CN (1) | CN104884624B (en) |
AR (1) | AR091160A1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112014029381B1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2872128C (en) |
WO (1) | WO2013177376A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9834783B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2017-12-05 | Eg Crop Science, Inc. | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
US9605274B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2017-03-28 | Evolutionary Genomics, Inc. | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
US20170191065A1 (en) | 2014-05-04 | 2017-07-06 | Forrest Innovations Ltd. | Compositions and methods of using same for increasing resistance of infected mosquitoes |
CN106244598B (en) * | 2016-09-21 | 2019-07-05 | 昆明理工大学 | Radix Notoginseng Dirigent albuminoid gene PnDIR1 and application |
CN112852829B (en) * | 2020-12-19 | 2022-07-08 | 河南农业大学 | Wheat stem basal rot related gene TaDIR-B1 and application thereof |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110247096A1 (en) * | 2008-12-11 | 2011-10-06 | Basf Plant Science Gmbh | Plant Root-Specific Nematode Resistance |
US9834783B2 (en) * | 2012-05-25 | 2017-12-05 | Eg Crop Science, Inc. | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
Family Cites Families (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5501967A (en) | 1989-07-26 | 1996-03-26 | Mogen International, N.V./Rijksuniversiteit Te Leiden | Process for the site-directed integration of DNA into the genome of plants |
US20040031072A1 (en) * | 1999-05-06 | 2004-02-12 | La Rosa Thomas J. | Soy nucleic acid molecules and other molecules associated with transcription plants and uses thereof for plant improvement |
US20020144310A1 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2002-10-03 | Lightfoot David A. | Isolated polynucleotides and polypeptides relating to loci underlying resistance to soybean cyst nematode and soybean sudden death syndrome and methods employing same |
US7569389B2 (en) * | 2004-09-30 | 2009-08-04 | Ceres, Inc. | Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics |
US20070277269A1 (en) | 2006-04-17 | 2007-11-29 | Ceres, Inc. | Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics |
US7842850B2 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2010-11-30 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Methods for producing fertile crosses between wild and domestic soybean species |
CN101801992A (en) | 2007-05-31 | 2010-08-11 | 孟山都技术公司 | soybean polymorphisms and methods of genotyping |
US8389797B2 (en) * | 2007-08-08 | 2013-03-05 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Methods to identify soybean aphid resistant quantitative trait loci in soybean and compositions thereof |
AU2008311052A1 (en) * | 2007-10-12 | 2009-04-16 | Monsanto Technology Llc | Methods and compositions for high yielding soybeans with nematode resistance |
PL2816112T3 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2019-03-29 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Tal effector-mediated DNA modification |
JP6168993B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2017-07-26 | アグリジェネティクス,インコーポレイテッド | Soybean marker linked to SCN resistance |
US9371541B2 (en) * | 2011-01-05 | 2016-06-21 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Genes implicated in resistance to soybean cyst nematode infection and methods of their use |
US9605274B2 (en) * | 2012-05-25 | 2017-03-28 | Evolutionary Genomics, Inc. | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
-
2013
- 2013-05-23 US US13/901,071 patent/US9834783B2/en active Active
- 2013-05-23 CN CN201380039727.4A patent/CN104884624B/en active Active
- 2013-05-23 CA CA2872128A patent/CA2872128C/en active Active
- 2013-05-23 BR BR112014029381-3A patent/BR112014029381B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-05-23 WO PCT/US2013/042382 patent/WO2013177376A2/en active Application Filing
- 2013-05-24 AR ARP130101827 patent/AR091160A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2013-07-23 US US13/949,035 patent/US8710300B2/en active Active
-
2017
- 2017-11-01 US US15/800,179 patent/US10577625B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-01-22 US US16/748,957 patent/US20200392531A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2021
- 2021-12-28 US US17/563,451 patent/US20220372508A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110247096A1 (en) * | 2008-12-11 | 2011-10-06 | Basf Plant Science Gmbh | Plant Root-Specific Nematode Resistance |
US9834783B2 (en) * | 2012-05-25 | 2017-12-05 | Eg Crop Science, Inc. | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
Title |
---|
Khan, Abid, et al. "Genome-wide analysis of dirigent gene family in pepper (Capsicum annuum L.) and characterization of CaDIR7 in biotic and abiotic stresses." Scientific reports 8.1 (2018): 5500.) (Year: 2018) * |
Ma, Qing-Hu, and Yun-Chao Liu. "TaDIR13, a dirigent protein from wheat, promotes lignan biosynthesis and enhances pathogen resistance." Plant molecular biology reporter 33 (2015): 143-152. (Year: 2015) * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US10577625B2 (en) | 2020-03-03 |
US9834783B2 (en) | 2017-12-05 |
CN104884624B (en) | 2017-07-25 |
US20130318652A1 (en) | 2013-11-28 |
AR091160A1 (en) | 2015-01-14 |
CA2872128C (en) | 2017-09-19 |
CN104884624A (en) | 2015-09-02 |
WO2013177376A3 (en) | 2015-06-25 |
US20140068807A1 (en) | 2014-03-06 |
WO2013177376A2 (en) | 2013-11-28 |
BR112014029381A8 (en) | 2018-01-02 |
BR112014029381A2 (en) | 2017-06-27 |
US20180265889A1 (en) | 2018-09-20 |
US8710300B2 (en) | 2014-04-29 |
US20200392531A1 (en) | 2020-12-17 |
BR112014029381B1 (en) | 2022-09-13 |
CA2872128A1 (en) | 2013-11-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220372508A1 (en) | Dirigent gene eg261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants | |
CN106191101B (en) | Corn event 5307 | |
US9745596B2 (en) | Identification and use of KRP mutants in wheat | |
US11530419B2 (en) | Pathogen resistance in plants | |
US9556448B2 (en) | Identification and the use of KRP mutants in plants | |
US20200190530A1 (en) | Identification and use of grape genes controlling salt/drought tolerance and fruit sweetness | |
US11913009B2 (en) | Identification of resistance genes from wild relatives of banana and their uses in controlling panama disease | |
CN111542608A (en) | Potato Y virus resistance genes and methods of use | |
US9605274B2 (en) | Dirigent gene EG261 and its orthologs and paralogs and their uses for pathogen resistance in plants | |
US20150259700A1 (en) | Transgenic Plants With RNA Interference-Mediated Resistance Against Root-Knot Nematodes | |
WO2023196878A2 (en) | Pathogen resistance in plants mediated by fit2 | |
EP3935181A2 (en) | Overcoming self-incompatibility in diploid plants for breeding and production of hybrids through modulation of ht | |
CN114085275A (en) | MATE family gene and application of encoding protein thereof in enhancing plant paraquat resistance |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: EG CROP SCIENCE, INC., COLORADO Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MESSIER, WALTER;REEL/FRAME:058491/0286 Effective date: 20180622 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |